You are on page 1of 142

· !

/'

..

/'

i '/

I'

/

THE ME DIE V AL MONASTIC PSALTER

THE

MEDIEVAL MO'NASTIC ORTJlODOX

PSALTER,

OF

NOTED

IN

THE

ENGLAND, ENG,LISH LANGUAGE

(,

',I /,

of the Sarum ,Bite Monastic Office of the

Portiforium of Saint Oswald of York and the Antiphonale Wigorniensis in accordance with the Holy Rule of Saint Benedict of Nursia

for use in Orthodox Monasteries of the Western Rite

:....- VOLUME XVII

The Proper of the Saints for the Julian Month of April

(Quotations from the Psalms have been made from The Psalter According to the Seventy,

translated by the Holy Transfiguration Monastery, Boston, Massachusetts, used by permission.)

Autonomous Metropolitan Orthodox Church of Milan and Aquileia, Western Europe and the AmericasUkrainian Orthodox Church of Kiev

§t. (~n>gary's ~Snss

Abbey of the Holy Name 100 Abbey Lane,

West Milford, N.J. U.S.A.

Monastery of Sts. Cyril and Methodios Drinciceva 1,

Belgrade, Yugoslavia

1998

/'

© St. Gregory's Press, 1997. All rights reserved.

Imprimatur: t John (LoBue), Archbishop of the Archdiocese of New York and New Jersey, Exarch of Canada

Autonomous Metropolitan Orthodox Church of Milan and Aquileia, Western Europe, and the AmericasUkrainian Orthodox Church of Kiev

iii

PREFACE

The very nature of the Hours of the Monastic Psalter in the Western Rite provides a rich abundance of devotional material for each of the seasons of the Liturgical Year. Although outside of the Holy Triduum and the Week of Pascha the structure of the Psalter does not change, most of the Antiphons, Responsories, Hymns, Scripture and Patristic Lessons, and Collects are changed to correspond to the Feasts and mysteries of Our L"ord, the Holy Theotokos, and the Saints. 'rherefore, to chant the praying of the Psalter it is necessary to have both the Psalter, as structured by St. Benedict of Nursia, and also the Proper portions of the Psalter that are reserved for the particular Feast being observed. This Volume of the Psalter, Volume XVII, the Sanctoral Propers for the Julian Month of April, therefore, is meant to be used from

.... April 1st I DUh "through April 30th 1 May 13th in simultaneous conjunction with the main portion of the Psalter gj.ven in Volume I, the Psalter Outside of Paschal tide or Volume II, the Psalter During of Paschaltide. (The Feasts of the Julian Month of . March that fall on or after Spy Wednesday and are then transfered to a day in the. Paschal Season on or after March 31st I April 13th are also contained in this Volume.) I Therefore, on any given Feast day during this Month, virtually every Hour of the Monastic Psalter therefore will require the chanters to have both Volume II (or, before Pascha, Volume I) and Volume XVII of the Psalter in front of them on their analogion or lecturn, and to turn from one to the other, as directed to do in this Volume of the Propers of the Saints. In editing these Volumes, however, every effort has been made to minimize the number of times needed to alternate between the Volumes in use, so that this would be done at most two or three times per Hour or per Nocturn. Keeping in mind that the structure of the Hours during this Season remains the same as that given in Volume II (or Volume I), it should always be understood that when a portion of any Hour is given in this Volume, it completely replaces the same portion given in Volume II (or Volume I); but any part of any Hour that is given in Volume II (or Volulife I), when no replacement for it is given in this Volume, is to 'be, sung in addition to the parts of the same Hour given in this Volume. This, of course, includes the Introduction and Conclusions of each of the Hours, the Hymns at the Little Hours (Prime, Terce, Sext, and None), as well a'S the Hymns T e Deum and T e Decet Laus at Night Vigils (Matins). To determine the correct day's text and instructions, it will of course be necessary to have the current year's copy of the Western Rite Julian Calendar, which is annually obtainable from St. Gregory's Press at

one of the addresses given on the title page. .

Once again, the Editors would like to express. their enduring gratitude to the Very Reverend Father John Shaw, onetime Dean of Holy Protection Russian Orthodox Cathedral in Chicago for the Russian Orthodox Church Outside Russia. Father John first pointed us in the direction of these manuscripts, and then spent many hours translating the chant notation and clarifying an understanding of the manuscript which our ineptitude prevented. Likewise, we would want to express our gratitude to Father Justin of Holy Transfiguration Monastery in Boston, Mass. for extending to us the kind permission. of Bishop Ephraim for using their translation (1987) of the Psalter. This translation served well our purposes In preserving ancient Orthodox worship, and in the rare places (such as Psalms 13 and 94) where the ancient Western usage derived from the Latin Vulgate translation of St. Jerome of Sidoniurn had made use of Septuagint manuscripts with additional phrases, these phrases, taken from the translation of the Septuagint by Sir Lancelot Brenton (1851), have been included in our Psalter within parentheses. We are confident that this usage has preserved the ancient meaning of the Psalms which were so dear to the early Christians, and which spoke so directly of the prophecies that were fulfilled in the coming of Our Lord Jesus Christ.

iv

In editing this material, we have taken some liberties regarding matters of capitalization, hyphenation, and versification (which follows that of the Vulgate), so as to best allow the unpracticed eye to chant these texts prayerfully and with a minimum of error. Also, the chant melodies for the many Hymns have been kept to a simple number preserved in these manuscripts, and variant melodies are provided only when the manuscript so directs. In actual medieval usage, many more melodies were probably utilized at the discretion of the Precentors, depending mainly on the training of the Monks or Nuns. In keeping the number of these lower, it is hoped that our enfeebled minds may not be overly more occupied by the mechanics .of chanting our praises than by the content of offering in our prayer. ,.

Also, we would like to thank our fellow brethren of the Synod of our Metropolitan Orthodox Church of Milan at St. Hilarion's Monastery and St. Hilarion's Guild Press in Austin, Texas for providing so fine a computer typing of the text of the Psalms which we were able to edit. This entire volume is printed using

... Multi-Lingual Scholar, a word processing DOS program put out by

Gamma Productions in Santa f\1onica, California, combined with our own rendition of Gregorian Chant fonts. This software has made possible that which Monks and Nuns ', of the ancient Scriptorium could only have dreamed about. '. II

This series is, divided into many Volumes, for which Volume I is the Psalter I Outside of Paschaltlde, Volume II is the/Psalter to be used in Paschaltlde (from Lor' Sunday through the Octave of Pentecost), and Volume III begins the Proper Offices with those for the Season of Advent, and Volume XIII, with those for the Feasts of Our Lord, the Holy Theotokos, and the Saints. The Offices of the Holy Triduum and those of the Week of Pascha, while having a Monastic usage, are not technically part of the Monastic Psalter, as the Cathedral Use like that of Old Sarum, not the Rule of St. Benedict, has provided the structure for these offices ever since the Monastic Council of Aachen (Alx-la-Chapelle) in 817 A.D., and thus are provided for in separate Volumes of the Proper.

Finally, we apologize that our effort could not prove to be more grand, since, in order to complete tlvese Volumes in a suitable time frame, we have neglected style and the multitudinous ornamentations that our holy predecessors provided in thelr's manuscipts. May Heaven forgive us! And may all who use these volumes pray for the souls of the unworthy workers who have put them together. 0 Lord Jesus Christ, Son of God, have mercy upon us, the sinners.

Abbey of the Holy Name March 12 I 25, 1998 Feast of St. Gregory the Great, the Dialogist and Pope of Old Rome

v

T ABLE OF CONTENTS

Day

Hour

Page

Apr. 4th /17th, St. Ambrose of Milan, C.B First Vespers 0

when observed before Pascha Night Vigils (Matins) .....••. 0

. ~. Morning Solemnity (Lauds) 0

Prime 0

/'

Terce 0

Sext 0

1 4 20 27 40 44 48 52 58 77 90/

96'

None 0

Second Vespers . . . . . 0 0 0 0 • • 0 0 Apr. 4th I 17th, St. Ambrose of Milan, CoB. 0 •• First Vespers .... 0 • 0 ••••• 0 0

when observed after Pascha 0 ••••• Night Vigils (Matins) 0

, Morning Solemnity (Lauds) 0

..

Prime -'0

Terce 0 113

Sext 0 •• 0 •• 0 •• 0 ••••••••• 0 119

None 0 •• 0 •••••• 0 125

Second Vespers .. 0 •••••••• 0 0 131

Apr. 11th I 24th, Commemoration of St. Guthlac . At Vespers 0134

of Croyland, C., when observed before Pascha .. At the Morning Solemnity (Lauds) . 0134

Apr. 11th J 24th, St. Guthlac of Croyland, C., . Vespers 0135

when observed after Pascha Night Vigils (Matins) . 0 •••••• 0 150

Morning Solemnity (Lauds) 0154

Prime 0177

Terce 0'-189

Sext ...........•....... 0 192

None 0 196

Apr. 14th I 27th, Commemoration of Sts. Tiburtius . At Vespers ' 0134

and Valerius, MM., when observed before Pascha .. At the Morning Solemnity (Lauds) . 0134

Apr. 14th J 27th, Sts. Tiburtius and Valerius, MM., . Vespers 0201

when observed after Pascha Night- Vigils (Matins) 0 0 204

Morning Solemnlty Il.auds) 0205

Prime 0 •••••••••• 0 •••• 0 • 0207

Terce 0207

Sext . 0 ••••• 0 •• 0 •••••••• 0208

None 0208

Apr. 19th I May 2nd, St. iElphege of Canterbury, . First Yespers 0209

M.B., when observed before Pasch a 0 •• Night" Vigils (Matins) 0211

Morning Solemnity (Lauds) 0 229

Prime. 0 0 • 0 •• 0 •••••••••• 0237

Terce 0251

Sext 0254

None 0257

Second Vespers . . . . • . . . . . . . 0 261

Apr. 19th J May 2nd, St. iElphege of Canterbury, . First Vespers 0266

M.B., when observed after Pascha .....•. Night Vigils (Matins) 0 •• 0 •••• 0269

Morning Solemnity (Lauds) 0281

Prime 0 287

Terce 0 288

Sext 0 •••••• 0 293

None 0 299

Second Vespers . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 305

vi

Apr. 23rd / May 6th, St. George the Great-Martyr,. First Vespers ....•........ 0308

M. . Night Vigils (Matins) .....•.. 0 308

Morning Solemnity (Lauds) 0 308

Prime 0308

Terce 0308

Sext "' 0 •• 0 309

.

None 0 309

Second Vespers 0 ••••••••••• 0309

Apr. 24th / May 7th, The Finding of ~ First Vespers 0310

" .

... St. Yves of Persia, M.B ~ . : .......•. Night Vigils (Matins) 0310

/

Morning Solemnity (Lauds) .... 0310

Prime _ .. 0 310/

.,;

Terce ,., :'0311,

Sext 0 311

/ I'

None .........•........ 0311

Second Vespers 0 • 0 • • • • • • 0 • • 0 311

Apr. 25th / May 8th, St. Mark the Evangelist .. First Vespers 0312

Night Vigils (Matins) 0315

Morning Solemnity (Lauds) 0 328

Prime 0310

Terce 0 0 0 • 0 •• 0 •• 0 0 0 0,331

, ,

Sext . 0 ••••••••••••••••• 0331

None 0331

I

Second Vespers 0332

Apr. 28th / May 11th, St. Vltalis of Milan, Mo, . Vespers 0335

Night Vigils (Matins) 0 338

Morning Solemnity (Lauds) 0339

Prime 0341

Terce 0341

Sext : 0342

None 0342

The Annunciation to the Holy Theotokos, First Vespers 0343

when transferred to be observed after Pascha .. Night Vigils (Matins) ..•...•. 0360 Morning Solemnity (Lauds) .... 0373

Prime 0378

Terce 0392

Sext 0397

None 0400

Second Vespers . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 404

vii

The Passing of St. Benedict of Nursia, ..... First Vespers .••......... 0 0408

when transferred to be observed after Pascha 0 0 Night Vigils (Matins) .... 0 0 0 0 0408 Morning Solemnity (Lauds) 0 ••• 0409

Prime ••... 0 •••••• 0 ••••• 0 409 Terce ..... 0 •••• 0 ••••••• 0 -409

Sext ,,' 0 409

. ,

None 0409

Second Vespers •.•••... 0 ••• 0 409 St. Cuthbert of Lindesf'arne, C.B:, ••..• First Vespers ...•...••.••. 0410

.. . .

.... when transferred to be observed after Pascha .• Night Vigils (Matins) .....••. 0410 /'

Morning Solemnity (Lauds) .•• ~ 0410

, Prime ••........•..... .;. 0 410,1

- I'

Terce 0 410

Sext ..........•........ 0 41(0

None 0410

Second Vespers .•..•.••.... 0410 St. Joseph the Betrothed, c., ..... First Vespers .••..•.•• 0 • 0 0 0410 when transferred to be observed after Pascha 0 0 Night Vigils (Matins) " 0 •• 0 0 0 0 0410 Morning Solemnity (Lauds) 0 • 0 0 0411

Prime •..•. 0 ••••• 0 •••••• 0411

Terce 0411

Sext 0 411

None •• 0 • 0 0 0 •• ,~ • 0 0 • 0 •• 0 0411

Second Vespers • • 0 • • 0 • • 0 • 0 0 0 411 St. Edward the Martyr, King, Mo, ••... First Vespers 0 0 0 0 ••••• 0 •• 0 0412 when transferred to be observed after Pascha •• Night Vigils (Matins) . 0 0 •••• 0 0412 Morning Solemnity (Lauds) 0 • 0 0 0412

Prime 0412

Terce .. . " . .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. . 0 412 '"

Sext .. ' 0413

None 0 • 0 0 • 0 •••••••••••• 0413

Second Vespers 0413

St. Patrick of Armaugh, C.B., First Vespers 0413

when transferred to be observed after Pascha .. Night Vigils (Matins) 0413

Morning Solemnity (Lauds) 0414

Prime ••.••.••.......•.. 0 414

Terce ••.••.•........... 0414 Sext .............•..••. 0414

None 0414

Second Vespers •.....••.••. 0414

viii

APPENDIX

Appendix A -Commemorations of the Holy Theotokos and All Saints at Vespers

in Paschaltide 0415

Appendix B -Commemorations of the

'"

Holy Theotokos and All Saints at the'

Morning Solemnity (Lauds) in Paschaltide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 418

./

I

',/

/,

!

+

011

Apr. 4 J 17- Lenten First Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

101

FEASTS OF APRIL

N B_ At all Hours referred to in this Volume, when observed before Holy Pascha, all is to be done as given in Volume I, the Psalter Outside Paschaitide , except for the replacement rtrtions given in this Volume; but after Holy Pascha, all is to be done as given in VOlume 11 , r e Psalter During Paschaltide , except for the replacement portions given in this Volume.

April 4th / 17th

THE PASSING OF OUR FATHER AMONG THE SAINTS, ST. AMBROSE OF MILAN, B.C.D.

(when observed as a Feast-of XII Lessons before Pascha ,

but, during Paschaltide , all is to be done as gi-ven on pp. 0 61 .: 0 136)

N .B. When this Feast falls on a Sunday in Lent or Passiontide, it is transferred to the next day (Monday).

FIRST VESPERS

..

- The Psalms

For the Antiphons and/Psalms for this day, those of Vespers of the p~evi0'1s evening are to be said with the four [erial Psalms and their Antiphons, as given in .

Volume I of the Psalter, the Psalter Outside Paschaltide . ,I;

The Chapter '"

The Hebdomadary alone chants the following Chapter [Ecclus . 39: 6, 9): ;; The righteous will give his heart to resort early to the Lord that made him,t

and will pray before the Most High; '" he shall pour out wise sentences, I I •• ~ II ~

and give thanks unto the Lord in his prayer. All respond: W. Thanks be to God.

The Responsory

The 1st Cantor alone chants:

I, .. ~ ~

Saint Am - brose.

All

:w .. !'= ~ • 0 •• 111\

-,I! ~ I, .. ~ I ... -l iii ~

Con-fes - sor of the Lord, hear

l/llt! i\ ~

I

III = .,., fJ

thy ser-vants as

respond:

~ pray,

, ..

~I. grant

~ ~

., ;

....

they

1111 ~.'!!i =

and

be- seech

Heav-en

to

the

judg - ment

I

alone chants: y. Glor-y be to the Fath-er, and to the Son, lie and
1 ~ r\ ~ ~ III I ij

to the Ho-ly Ghost.
All 1 1j11t1 i\ ~ III t! ~ .. ~'. III ~ ~ ... III ~., !!i 111
+, ~ ; I
respond: And be- seech Heav-en to grant the judg - ment of par-don. 021

Apr. 4 J 17- Lenten First Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

102

The Hymn and the Versicle





~ The 1 st Cantor alone chants the intonation:

L TIlls th-e--Con - f'es - sor

The lst Cantor's side drily completes line 1.' ~ The Tnd Cantor'SSi e 0aly chants line 2.'

2. Saint - Iy --an pru - dent,

~ Mod - est The l st Cantor's side OflY chants line 3.' :

3. SlcK ones-- 0 old time

~ To The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 4.'

4. W1ienee we --in chor - us,

/ ~ Glad - Iy

All chant lined.' ..

'~His be



1. Now all

2. Peace - f'ul

3. Sore - ly

4. Chant - ing

5. Who 0

I

the

I

the and

by his

ver



I



I





in

be - ha - vlour , 2.~ ~.



~ ..

Of

the

Lord whose tri - umph

his

tomb

re - sort - ing,

do

him hon -t- our,

3.~

4.~

3.4

5.~





I



Gfor -/'

~ ..



sal - va - tion,



I •

1. Erst on

this

2. While that fife's

3. Oft - times have

4. That in his

5. Earth's might - y

y,

~ Pow - er,

and

I

• I

faith ful

~ Cel - eb - rate so - ber, '

/ _ _:; Chaste was he,

ail - ments

4 Man - if - old

prais - es

~ With de - vout

all things

~ Reign - eth in







Feast

Day

~ Was deem'd fit



with glad - ness and low - ly, af - fliet - ed, af - fee - tion, the High - est,

to en - ter

vig - our,

~ Cours - ing through his mem - bers, weI - com'd

4 Health and strength re - turn - ing,

bless - ings I

~ We may have a por - tion

fab - ric





I

~ Ru

.11 ~

ling and di - reet - ing,

1. In - to 2. Quick - en'd

3. At his

4. Now and

5. One - Iy



his his pet - for and

...

glor - .y. 1. "be - mg. 2.

i - tion. 3. y ..

ev - er. 4. ~

Tri - nat. A - men.

1.~

,

3.~

Pray for us, 0 bless-ed Ambrose. That we may be rendered meet ... for the promises of Christ.

The Antiphon on the Magnificat and the Magnificat

Then is sung the Antiphon on the Magnificat, which is I~~.~~~.~. ~tl~,..~~.~

always begun by the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone:

I

This

is he.

• I

l1li •

All continue the

' .. 'II

Who in the Sight of God wrought might-y

~ ..

Antiphon as follows:

• :I

!Iii •

I



I



won-ders, and all the Earth

I. • • ..... •

ii • I I

~ •• :I

:I I I" I

is fill-ed with his doc-trine; may he make

in-ter-ces-sion re-gard-ing the sins of all the peo-ple.

031

Apr. 4! 17- Lenten First Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

103

The Magnificat (Luke 1: 46 - 55):

After the Antiphon on the Magnificat, the

;

1st Cantor alone begins chanting the Magnificat: + My soul *.

Only the 1 sf C anto~' s side ei: the Quire responds with I· • • •

• •

the 2nd half of the l st verse of the Magnificat:

"

doth mag-ni-fy the Lord.

l-_ , :~,*l-~.. ~,j,~:"'-" A

Tone 8 I • • ~........ ,..; • ; ~ • I e~) r 8 B ;] I.. · •• •.•.. II ~

Only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the" Quire chants the 2nd verse of the Magnificat, using this Tone, -including the intonation notes:

And my spir- 1, it hath re-joi-ced * in 1 God My Sa-viour.

And then, only the 1st C'antor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse

(including the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses therearter.' I

For He hath look-ed upon the low-li-ness 1, Of His hand-maid-en; * 1, for ,/

be-hold, from hence-forth all generations shall 1 call me: "Bless-ed." I

For the Might-y One hath 1, done .great things un-to me; * and 1 Ho-ly is His

-: ('

Name.

And His mer-cy is '1 on them that fear Him * '1 un-to gener-a-tion and 1 gen-er-a-tldn,

He hath show- 1, ed strength with His Arm; * 1, He hath scat-ter-ed the proiid in the imagin- 1 a-tion Of their heart.

He hath put down '1 the might-y from their seat, * 1, and ex-al-ted 1 them of low deg-ree.

He hath fill-ed 1, the hun-gry with good things, * 1, and the ri"ch He hath sent

1 emp-ty a-way. '''''

He hath hoi-pen 1, His ser-vant Is-ra-el * 1, in re-mem-brance 1 Of His mer-cy j As (') He 1, spake to our fath-ers, * 1, to A-bra-ham, and his 1 seed for ev-er. Glor-y be to the 1, Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and 1 to the Ho-Iy Ghost.

, ,

As it was in the beginning, 1, both now and ev-er, * 1, and un-to the a-ges of

1 a-ges. A-men.

Then I tI,.. • = ... li •
., .. • • III • ". ~ liS
'.
All repeat.' This is he who in the Sight of God wrought might-y
I • ; • ... ~
~ .. ;,.. = • ... III ; ,.. • ; •
won-ders, and all the Earth is fill-ed with his doc-trine; may he make I •





.. ; ~ ..

in-ter-ces-sion re-gard-ing the sins of all the peo-ple.

;



;



The Collect

We entreat the grace of Thy blessing, 0 Lord, by the intercession of blessed Ambrose, Thy confessor and Bishop, that, we may perceive the assistance of his supplication, at whose oncoming we celebrate his glory. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. W. Amen.

o 4 I Apr. 4 I 17- Lenten Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 4 NIGHT VIGILS (Matins)

The Invitatorv and The Venite-Psalm 94

After Psalm 3 has been sung, the Cantors chant the Invitatory and Psalm 94 as follows:

Only the 1st and 2-nd Cantors

I A" I III I I

o come, let us wor-ship * The King of the

lIS I

chant the entire Invitaiory together:

I

I

Con-fes-sors, the Lord.

Then All repeat the entire" I nvitaiory:

~tl~~~~~~~~~~

= I l1li tI II", I II. /'

Con-fes-sors, the Lord.

I !

lIS I

---./ A'" I III I

_ 0 come, let us wor-ship *

The King of the

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors

Then All repeat the entire I nvitatory:

I l1li tI 'I I" I II ,

Con-fes-sors, the Lord.

• A'" I III I I

o come, let us wor-ship *

;II liS •

The King of the

"

I u

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors ~ •• tI ~ II l1li' "'. I I • =

continue the Venite together: For the Lord is a Great God, and a Great King

I I I I I I I I I '"

III I ~.. I ~... I I.

o-ver all (gods; for the Lord will not cast off His peo-ple.) For in His Hand are

I I • I I I I ~ '" I I I • • l1li I II ~

the ends of the Earth, and the heights of the moun-tains are His.

I ~

Then All repeat only the 2nd half ;II liS I = I l1li tI II", I II.

of the Invitatory , as follows: The King of the Con-fes-sors, the Lord.

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors

I • I I • I I

~ •• tI I • I. I I

continue the Venite together: For the sea is His, and He made it; and the dry

E-------------------:-!J Here I I • I. I I ij

I I III ~.. I I I, I

land His Hands have fash-ion-ed. all bow. 0 come, let

I I. I I I I I' I '" I I~ Here. • I'i. I I

be-fore Him, and let us weep be-fore the Lord Who made us; all rise. For He is Our

I I I

us wor-ship and fall down

I

r\ ~ II I I I. I'i II • I I • I l1li I

God. And we are the peo-ple of His pas-ture, and the sheep of His Hand.

II

o 5 I Apr. 4 I 17-' Lenten Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 5 Then All repeat

.... ~ 'IS •

I ... - I III I. -

o come, let us wor-ship * The King of the

;

the entire Invitatory.

III" "!\ I

Con-fes-sors, the -Lord.

I

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors ~~~~~~~~~I~~~~I~~al~~~~~'~

.". I' • !\ .. = II

~~ il ~~

continue the Venite together: To :",daY1> If ye !will hear His Vbic-2, har-den not



I

• •

I •



I I ~

~ ..

••

• I



I

• • •

I



• I

your hearts.

,~I~I~~!\~~.~·~il~~I~~I~~~I~~~~~~~'!\~~;~~.~;~~IIII~~~IIII~~I~~II ~

For your fath-ers temp-ted Me; they prov-ed Me and saw My works.

I

As in the prov-o-ca-tion, in the day of temp-ta-tion in the wil-der-ness.

Then All repeat only the 2nd half of the Invitatory , 'as follows:

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors continue the Venite together.'

=

I

I

)I

r

The King of the Con-fes-sors, the Lord.

,~ •• ". I I I I I I' I •

For - ty years long was I griev-ed with that

,

I I'



I



I

I

I M

I I I I I I =. • ~..'

I I

gen-er-a-tion, and I said: "They do ai-ways err in their hearts. And they have not

I

I. I I ...:I' !Ii;." III

known My ways, so I sware in Mine ang-er: 'They shall not en-ter in-to My

III '. I I I r'I •

I

II ~

rest.' "

....
. ,.
Then All repeat ~ ... ~ lIS I ; ~,
I I III I •
the entire Invitator y: 0 come, let us wor-ship * The King of the
I I

II.

Con-fes-sors, the Lord.

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors ~~~;;III~.~~.~.~~.~~~.~~IS·~~I~~!Ii~~~~li

= ~ .. ii I 1_

conclude the Venite together: Glor - y be to the Fath-er, and to the + Son,

• I • • •

and to the Ho- Iy Ghost. As it was in the be-gin-ning, both now and ev-er,

=

~.' . I.. .' I fIIi •



I

II

I

~ij and

• filiI···· I III I

un-to the a-ges of a - ges. A - men.

I

II i

Then All repeat only the 2nd half

=" lIS I

=

I

"!\ I II ~

of the I nvitatory , as follows:

I

The King of the Con-fes-sors, the Lord.

I ~ ... I III I. I. o come, let us wor-ship *

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors chant the 1st half of the Invitator y:

I Then All repeat only the 2nd half

of the I nvitatory , as follows'

; I III

" "!\ I

The King of the Con-fes-sors, the' Lord.

The Hvmn

061 Apr. 4 I 17- Lenten Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. 106
~ • • • • I
• l1li,.. I • • •
fill
The 1st Cantor alone chants the intonation:
1. This the Con - fes - sor
The 1st Cantor's side only completes line 1: 4 Of the Lord whose tri - umph 1.4
The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 2:
2. Saint - Iy and pru - dent,
4 Mod - est in be - ha - viour, 2.4
The 1st Cantor's side onl.:r chants line 3,· ... "
3. Sick ones of old time !
4 To his tomb re - sort - ing, 3.4
The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 4:
4. Whence we in chor - us
/,4 -'Glad - Iy do him hon - our, 4.-7
All chant line" 5: ..
"ot 5. His be the Glor - y,
/" -7 Pow - er, and sal - va - tion, 5.4
~ • • ~ .. I L
• • I • • • •
• • f
1. Now all the faith ful ',I
- r
Cel eb rate with glad - 1.-7 I
-7 - - ness
2. Peace - ful and so - ber.. / ;,
/--7 Chaste was he, and low - ly, 2.-7
3. Sore - Iy by ail - ments
4 Man - if - old af - fliet - ed, 3.4
4. Chant - ing his prais - es
-7 With de - vout af - fec - tlon, 4.-7
5. Who 0 ver all things
-7 Reign - eth in the High - est, 5.4
~ • • :I ~ ..
• l1li", • • • •
fill
1. Erst on ~!his Feast Day
'" -7 Was deem'd fit to en - ter 1.-7
2. While that life's vig - our,
-7 Cours -ing through his mem - bers, 2.-7
3. Oft - times have wei - com'd
-7 Health and strength re - turn - ing, 3. -»
4. That in his bless - ings
-7 We may have a por - tion 4.4
5. Earth's might - y fab - ric
4 Ru ling and di ~ rect - ing, 5.4
~ P II •
• • A
• • • 1. In to

2. Quick - en'd

3. At his

4. Now and

5. One - Iy

his his pet - for and

glor - y. be - ing. i - tion. ev - er. Tri - nal.

1. 2. 3. 4.

A - men.

The First Noeturn The Psalms

Six Psalms are then chanted for the First Nocturn , as follows:

Then the 1st Cantor alone begins chanting the 1 st Antiphon:

. . I,

Bless-ed is the man. •• •

• •



II

•• I

I ~



I",

That in the law of the Lord doth med-it-ate;

:I '" P\. :I ~... I ~ ':1 l1li • • Il'

I

All respond:



= .

~' ..

his will en-dur-eth day and night; and what-so-ev-er he do- eth, it shall ev-er pros-per.

o 7 I Apr. 4 117- Lenten Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. 10 7

T l' ~ ..... *

Tone 3 I (I I I) ." [-:. '] ".. i 8 IS. • I

Psalm 1.

/

_ A

I I • III •• I

I'i I •

• I II.

.

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the l st Psalm,

using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Bless-ed is the man that hath not walked in the counsel of t;le .ungod-ly, t nor

... ~ !

stood in the T way of sin-ners, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse:

/ nor sat in the seat 1 of the pes-til-ent.

And then, 'Only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes) ,/th~ two sides alternating the verses thereafter

But his will is rather in the i law of the Lord, * and in His law ·will he I

rned- 1 it-ate day and night. )f

And he shall be like the tree which is planted by the T streams of the'

wat-ers, * which shall bring forth its fru-it·l in its sea-son. /1

T And its leaf shall not fall; *~ and all things whatsoever he may 1 do shall pros-per .

• Not so are the un- i god-Iy, not so; * but rather they are like the chaff which the wind doth hurl away from 1 the face Of the Earth.

For this reason shall the ungodly not i stand up in judg-ment, * nor sinners in the council 1 Of the righ-teotls.

For the Lord knoweth the T way of the righ-teous, * and the way of the

_ A

un-god- lty sHall per-ish.

Glory be to the i Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and 1 to the Ho-Iy Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both T now and ey-er, * and, unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

I

Then,

. ~

I

I

I I

• •

I

I'i I



II"!

• I •

All repeat:

B1ess-ed is the man that in the law of the Lord doth med-it-ate;

I. ~. ~ '.' jii;j '" • I !Ii I'" 1\. I '... I ~ • = '" • • II ~

his will en-dur-eth day and night; and what-so-ev-er he do- eth, it shall ev-er pros-per.

_,.

Then the 2nd Cantor alone begins chanting the 2nd Antiphon:

I

; r'" · *'"

Bless-ed is that Saint.

!Ii' .... ; i

That hath put his trust in the Lord; he hath

• ; ~ I ~

All respond:

















I





• I'i. III. .'

pro-claim-ed the com-mand-ment of the Lord; he hath been es-tab-lish-ed up-on

I ;



• II

His Ho-Iy Moun-tain.

o 8 I Apr. 4 I 17- Lenten Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 8

,T ,l,v~*

Tone 1 I (. • .) ••• [. 0 • I) ••• •

A

• •

•••••••••

• •

; 0 • II ~

Psalm 2:

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Why have the hea-then t ra-ged, *. .....

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Q]_ the Quire completes the verse,' A

and the peoples medi-ta- t ted emp-ty things?

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

The king§ of the Earth were/' arou-sed, t am! the rulers were assem-bled .... to- t geth-er~ * against the Lord, and 1 ag-ainst His Christ.

Let us break their bonds' as- t un-der, * and let us cast a-way 1 their yoke

fA /

rom us.

He That dwelleth in the Heavens shall laugh them 1 to scorn, * and the Lord I shall 1 de-ride them. / .,1

Then shall He, speak un-to them in 1 His wrath, * and in His anger shalfl He I

troub-le them. "

But jas for Me, I was Established as King by Him, t upon Syon His Ho-I~

t Motin-ta in, * Proclaiming the com-mand- 1 ment of the Lord. _

The Lord said tin- 1 to Me: * "Thou art My Son; this day have I 1 be-got-ten Thee."

Ask of Me, and I will give Thee the nations for Thine in-her- 1 it-ance, ... and the uttermost parts of the Earth for Thy 1 pos-ses-slon.

Thou shalt herd them with a rod of 1 i-ron, * Thou shalt shatter them like a pot- 1 ter's ves-sel§.

And now, 0 ye kings, tin- 1 dar-stand; * be instructed, all ye 1 that judge the Earth.

Serve ye the J,. Lord with fear, * and rejoice in Him 1 with trem-bling, ,

Lay hold' of instruc-tion, t lest at any time the Lord be 1 Ang-ry, * and ye,

perish from 1 the righ-teous way. ,

Wi!.en quickly His wrath be 1 kin-died, * blessed are all that have put 1 their

trust in Him. I

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to 1 the + Son, * and to 1 the Ho-Iy Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and 1 ev-er, ... and unto the ages of a- 1 ges. A-men.

Then, t !Iii
;
All repeat: B1ess-ed is
• • • ,.,

• • ... ,... '. ;,., ~ = I. ~

that Saint that hath put his trust in the Lord; he hath















,.. ~

. .... . , .

pro-claim-ed the com-mand-ment of the Lord; he hath been es-tab-lish-ed up-on

I =

III'" . His Ho-ly Moun-tain.

• II

Then the 1st Cantor alone begins chanting the 3rd Antiphon:

When he had call-ed up-on Him.

I





• •

• •



• •



All respond:

The Lord did heark-en un-to His Saint; the

I







IS •

• •



II

. . ... "'. .

Lord heark-en-ed un-to him, and made him to dwell in peace.

o 9 I Apr. 4 I 17-- Lenten Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 9

Tone 2

•••••••••

J, ,
v - A
• I • • II~ Psalm 4:

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

When I call-ed upon Thee, 0 God of my righteousness, T",~pu didst heark-en

- ~ -

T un-to me; * Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Qj_the Quire completes the verse:

/ in mine affliction Thou hast ~ en-larg-ed me.

And then , only the 2nd Cantor~s side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse ... (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

/'

Have com-pas-sion T on me, * and ~ hear my prayer.

o ye sons of men, how long will ye be i -slow of heart? * Why do ye love vanity, ,1

and seek af- ~ ter f'alse-hodd? . I

Know also that the Lord hath "3-ade won-drous His r Ho-ly One;:I< the Lord will hearken unto me when I J cry un-to Him.

Be angry, and sin not; t feel com-punc-tion up- T on your beds * for what ye ~ say in your hearts.

Sacrifice a sacrifice of righ-teous-ness, t and hope i in the Lord; * many say:

"Who will show un-to 1 us good things?"

The Light of Thy Countenance, 0 Lord, hath been sign-ed up- r on us; * Thou

hast given glad-ness J to my heart.

From the-f'rulf cf their wheat, T wine and oil * are they mul- J ti-pli-ed. In peace in the i same place :I< I shall lay ~ me down and sleep.

For Thou, 0 i Lord, A-lOne, :I< hast made me J to dwell in hope.

, ,

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the + Son, * and to ~ the Ho-ly Ghost.

in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, :I< and unto the ages of

As it was a- ~ ges. A-men.

I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Then, = I •• = I'i I IS • I' • • I. I • • I •

All repeat: When he had call-ed up-on Him, the Lord did heark-en un-to His Saint; the

I I

~ ."

• I !I'll • •

Lord heark-en-ed un-to him, and made him to dwell in peace.



I

6 I

• •



II

Then the 2nd Cantor alone I ::I I I ~
• IS •
begins chanting the 4th Antiphon: Let all them be glad.
I I ~ ::I ::I
• •
I I I ::I
All respond: That hope in Thee, 0 Lord, for Thou hast
I II • I I • • II ~
I'i I I'i • !Ii ::I •
• • I • • bless-ed the righ-teous; as with a shield of good pleas-ure, hast Thou crown-ed him.

o 10 I Apr. 4 117- Lenten Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 10

, T l' _ :;.

Tone 8 I [, I I] I' I [I 0 I I) 'I I I I C I I

I I I 1'1 , I I

I I I I I II ~

Psalm 5:

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 4th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Un-to my words give i ear, 0 Lord; * -

Then, only the 2nd e:antor's side ei: t-he Quire completes the verses •

1 (') hear -my!cry.

And then, only the 1 sf Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternqting the verses thereafter:

Attend unto the voice of my siip-pll- T ca-tf on, :;. 0 My 1 King and My God. ~ For unto q'hee will I T pray, O.Lord; '" in the morn-ing 1 Thou shalt hear my voice. In the morning shall I .stand be-fore Thee., and thou shalt look up- l' on

me; :;. for not a God that wiliest in-i- 1 quit-y art Thou.

He that worketh evil shall not T dwell near Thee; '" a- 1 bide be-fore Thine Eves.

Thou hast hated .{ll them that work in- l' i-quit-y; :;.

1 them that speak a lie. _'

A man that is bloody and deceitful shall the T Lord ab-hor; :;. but as for me, in

the multi-tude 1 of Thy mer-cy, /

Shall I go in- r to Thy House? '" I shall worship toward Thy Holy Tem- 1 pie in fear of TheEL

o ~ Lord, guide me in the way of Thy righteousness be-cause of mine

i en-em-ies; :;. make straight my ~ way be-fore Thee! / ~

For in their mouth there T is no Truth; :;: 1 their heart is vain. .

Their throat is an open s~p-ul-chre; t with their tongues have they spo-ken

de- T celt-ful-ly: '" 1 judge them, 0 God. ,

Let them fall down on account of their own dev-i-sings; t according to the multitude ~of their ~ungod-li-ness, T cast them out; :;. for they have em-bit- 1 ter-ed Thee, 0 Lord.

And let all them be glad that T hope in Thee; :;. they shall ever rejoice, and Thou shalt 1 dwell am-ong them.

, And all shall glory in Thee that T love Thy Name, '" for Thou shalt 1 bless the

righ-teous.

o Lord, as with a shield of Thy good i pleas-ure, :;. 1 hast Thou crown-ed us. Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the + Son, '" and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both now and r ev-er, :;: and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

~I~~~~~~~~~~~~,~,~~I~I~

Then, All =' IS I I , I I I I. I i

nor shall transgressors I I Thou shalt destroy aU I'

repeat:

!IIi '

, !IIi

Let all them be glad that hope in ~bee, 0 Lord, for Thou hast

I' 1

I I' I I' !IIi I

I

I

,

, II

bless-ed the righ-teous; as with a shield of good pleas-ure, hast Thou crown-ed him.

I 1

Then the 1 sf Cantor alone ~'~

begins chanting the 5th Antiphon:

o Lord.

I A lSI

I

I

!IIi

I I



I

I

,

• !IIi

Our Lord, how Won-der-ful is Thy Name

I • I ',. II ,. .... 1,

All respond.

., .

in all the Earth; for with glor-y and hon-our hast Thou crown-ed Thy Saint; and

I r\I,. II • !IIi h ... • • II ~

• •

Thou hast set him o-ver the works of Thy Hands.

o 11 I Apr. 4 117- Lenten Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, D.C.D. I 0 11

,1" ,l,v~*

Tone 1 I (. • .] ••• [. 0 • 1]·.... .' I

A

•••••••••

• •

Psalm 8:

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 5th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein}.'

. ~ .

o Lord, Our Lord, how Won- J., der-ffil'*' . •

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse:

is, Thy 1 Name in all the Earth.

And then , o~i1ly the 2nd Canto<s / side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse 'It (omitting the intonation notes), the- two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

/ ,

For Thy magnifi-cence is I llf-ted * high a- J., bove the Heav-ens.

Out of the mouths of babes and sucklings hast Thou perfected praise, be-cause ,I

of Thine en- 1 em-Ies, '" to destroy the enemy land av-en-ger.· ;1

For I will behold the Heavens, the works of Thv 1 Fing-ers, * the moon and the

_ ,,~ /r

stars, which J., Thou hast found-ed.

What is man, that Thou art Mind-full Of him, '" or the son of man, that Thou J., vis-it-est him?

Thou hast made him a little lower than the ang-els; t with glory and honour hast Thou crown- 1 ed him; '" and Thou hast set him over the 1 works' of Thy Hands.

All things hast Thou subjected under his feet, t sheep and all lox-en, * yea, and the J., beasts of the fi~ld,

The birds of 1he air, and the fish of 1 the sea, '" the things that pass through the,

1 paths of the sea.

o Lord, J., Our Lord, * how Wonderful is Thy J., Name in all thf-! Earth! Glory be to the Fath-er, and to 1 the + Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and J., ev-er, * and unto the ages of J., a-ges. A-men.

Then, All repeat:





I

I =

P';i I ~

o Lord, Our Lord, how Won-der-ful is Thy Name





• • P';i

I



I



l1li .... 1 •

••



in all the Earth; for with glor-y and hon-our hast Thou crown-ed Thy Saint; and

• • .111

...

• I •

HI l1li • •

Thou hast set him o-ver the works of Thy Hands.

Then the 2nd Cantor alone begins chanting the 6th Antiphon:

IS

I

• 1 I

I

I

The Lord is Righ-teous.

• • • I



I • jIfj •

All respond:

And hath lov-ed righ-teous-ness; up-on

















II

I ·

up-right-ness hath His Coun-ten-ance look-ed.

o 12 I Apr. 4 I 17-. Lenten Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, D.C.D. I 0 12

, + 1'_, *

Tone 7 I [. • .] •.. (. 8 • I] •••• • 0 • • 0 • I • • •

l' _

II ••••

• D, •

o = II'

Psalm 10:

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 6th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein}:

In the Lord have i ho-ped: t how: will ye] ~ay Ito my soul: * .....

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse:

"Flee unto the mountains I like a spar-row?

And then, f}"nly the 1st Cantor's /side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse



... {omitting the intonation notes}, the. two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

For behold, the sinners 'have bent their bow,t they have prepared arrows I for

the quiv-er, * to shoot down in a moonless l' night the up-right of heart. I

'/ For what Thou hast formed l' they have de-stroy-ed; * and the righteous 'l'man, '"

what hath he done?

The Lord is in His T Ho-ly Tem;""ple; * the Lord, in T Heav-en is His Throne.

His Eyes are set up- T on the poor man; * His Eyelids ex- T am-ine the sons of

men.

The Lord examineth the righteous man l' and the un-god-ly; * but he that loveth unrighteousness T ha-teth his own soul.

He will rain down T snares up-on sin-ners; * fire and brimstone and wind of tempest shall be the l' por-tion Of their cup.

For the Lordrts Righteous l' and hath loved righ-teous-ness; * upon uprightness hath His I Coun-ten-ance look'd.

Glory be to the l' Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and l' to the Ho-ly Ghost.

, I

As it was in the beginning, both I now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of

T a-ges. A-men.

Then, All repeat:

IS



• I.







I



The Lord is Righ-teous, and hath lov-ed righ-teous-ness; up-on

I ·

















II

up-right-ness hath His Coun-ten-ance look-ed.

The Versicle·

yr. The Lord hath lov-ed him and adorn-ed him. ~. He cloth-ed him with a robe of glory.

All Lessons and Responsories for the Night Vigils shall be found tn the Lectionar v

o 13 I Apr. 4 117- Lenten Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, H.C.D. 10 13 The Second Nocturn

The Psalms

Six Psalms are then chanted for the Second Nocturn , as follows:

Then the 1st Cantor alone

- --

I

" ,

begins chanting the Zth-Antiphon:

P Lord. ~

,

,

" .

,

;.. ;

,

I PIli •

All respond:

PIli ptj I •

This Saint shall a-bide in Thy Tab-er-nac-le;

,

I • / •

PIli •



; ;



• II ~

...

he hath work-ed righ-teous-ness'; he shall dwell in Thy Ho-Iy Moun-tain. /

... t f .... * J,.&. ~ A

Tone 8 I [. • .] ••• [. G • '] •••• • '" ~ I • • • ••• • •• ,.,.. -II ij

Psalm 14:

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 7th Psalm; using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein): o Lord, who shall abide in Thy Tab-er- T nac-le, '"

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire completes the verse: ~

and who shall dwell in Thy J Ho-ly Moun-tain?

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating th~ verses thereafter:

He that walk-eth T ,blame-less, * and J work-eth righ-teous-ndss. ,

Speak-ing Truth T in his heart, '" who hath ,not spoken de-ceit- 1 ful-ly with his

tongue. ,

Nelther hath done evil to his T neigh-bour, * nor taken up a reproach

a- 1 gainst those-near him. '

In his sight he that worketh e-vil is i set at nought; * but he glorifieth 1 them ' that fear the Lord.

He giveth oath to his neighbour, and f or-swear-eth, not; t !Ie; hath not lent his

mon-ey on T u-su-ry, * and hath not received bribes a- 1 gainst the in-no-cent.

He that do-eth i these things * shall nev- J er be sha-ken.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the + Son, * and 1 to the Ho-Iy Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, '" and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

Then, All

I

" ,



,



, ptj ,

;.. ;



I ... •

repeat:

PIli ptj

o Lord, this Saint shall a-bide in Thy Tab-er-nac-le;

I

,

I •

,

ptj •





he hath work-ed righ-teous-ness; he shall dwell in Thy Ho-ly Moun-tain.

I 'ij.

" ..

Then the 2nd Cantor alone

begins chanting the 8th Antiphon: Life.
I ~ • • • ~ I
• • • PIli
All respond: He ask-ed of Thee, and Thou ga-vest it
I ~ • ~ ;
• • ... PIli • PIli ;
• I I I • • PIli 1\ ; him, 0 Lord; glor-y and maj-es-ty hast Thou laid up-on him; Thou hast set up-on

I l1li ; PIli " • ~ ptj • II ~

his head a crown of pre-cious stone.

o 141 Apr. 4 i 17- Lenten Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. 1 0 14

... t l' ~ ..... * J,,3. ~ A

If 'J"'f' ) ..... s·I········· .'

Tone 8 ~., ~ . ~ B, ~': • • • II i

Psalm 20:

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 8th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein), o Lord, in Thy strength the king T shall be glad, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:« d'

andin Thy salvation shall he re- 1 joice ex-ceed-ing-ly, And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Q.l_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

The desire of his ,he~rt hast Thou grant-ed T lin-to him, * and hast not denied him the re- ~ quests of his lips.

" Thou wentest before him 'with the bless-ings of l' good-ness; '" Thou hast set

upon his head a 1 crown of pre-cious stone.

He asked life of Thee, and Thou ga-vest him T length of days'" unto a- Iges of '

a-g~s. • I

- . ',I

" Qreat is his glory in Thy sal- T va-tion; * glory and majesty shalt ThouJ lay Ii up-on him.

For Thou shalt give him blesslng.Por ev-er and T ev-er; * Thou shalt gladden him in joy 1 with Thy Ccun-ten-ance. »>:

For the king ho-peth T in the Lord, * and through the mercy of the Most High shall he 1 not be sha-ken.

Let Thy H~nd be found on all Thine T en-em-ies; * let Thy Right Hand find 1 all that hate Thee.

For Thou wilt make them as an oven of fire in !he time of Thy. Pres-ence; t the Lord in His wrath will trou-ble them T sore-ly: '" and fire 1 shall de-vour them.

Their fruit wilt Thou de-stroy T from the ~th" '" and their seed 1 from the sons of m~n. For they have intended e-vil a-~ T gainst Thee; * they have devised counsels which they shall not~Be able 1 to es-tab-lish.

For Thou shalt make them i turn their backs; '" among those that are Thy, remnant, Thou shalt make read- 1 y their coun-ten-ance.

, BeA Thou Exalted, 0 Lord, in T Thy strength; '" we will sing and chant 1 of Thy

might-y acts. , ,

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the lie Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As,it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, '" and unto the ages of

1 a-ges. A-men.

Then, All repeat

I

~ • • • ~ ~ ij
th • • • pt;
Life he ask-ed of 'Thee, and Thou ga-vest it
1\ iii iii • ~ iii =
~ ~ I I iii r'lI ~ I •

I

~

I ~



I

~ ~ iii I IIi

his head a crown of pre-cious stone.

Then the 1st Cantor alone begins chanting the 9th Antiphon:

I



~ I I I ~

I

Such a one shall re-ceive.

~ T ~



=



I •

All respond:

A bless-ing from the Lord, and mer-cy from

II ,..... • ~ I. .' •

God His Sa-viour; for this is the gen-er-a-tion

I

I



II ~

of them that seek the Lord.

o 15 I Apr. 4 117- Lenten Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. 10 15

, t 1'_, ,,*

Tone 7 I [, • ,] '" [, 0 • I] "" 'D., 0 ' I • , ,

l' _

,., , . ,

, D, •

Psalm 23:

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 9th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein).'

The Earth is the Lord's, and the l' f'ul-ness there-of', * ~.

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

the world, and T all that dwell there-in.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's sid~ ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse

.. ~

,( omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

He hath founded T iv up-on the seas, * and upon the rivers T hath He

pre-par-ed it. , !

Who shall ascend into the l' Moun-tain Of the Lord, * or who shall l' stand in )I

His Hu-Iy Place? ' .' '

He that is innocent in hands and pure in heart, t who hath not re- T ceiv-ed h~s soul in vain, * and hath not sworn dec~itful- r ly to his neigh-bour.

Such a one shall receive a T bless-ing from the Lord, * and mercy from T God His Sa-viour.

This is the generation of T them that seek the Lord, * of them that seek the Face of the T God of Ja-cob.

Lift up your gates, 0 ye prin-ces, t and' be ye lifted up, ye T ev-er-Ias-ting gates, * and the King,...of T Glor-y shall en-ter in.

. " -

Who is This T King of Glor-y? * The Lord Strong and Mighty, the T Lord, -

Might-y in war.

Lift up your gates, 0 ye prin-ces, t and be ye Iif'ted up, yu T ev-er-Ias-tlng

gates; * and the King of T Glor-y shall en-ter in.

Who is This l' King of Glor-y? * The Lord of hosts, He is the T King of Glor-Y. Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the It Son, * and T to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both T now and .ev-er, * and unto the ages of T a-ges. A-men.

All repeat- Such a one shall re-ceive a bless-ing from the Lord, and mer-cy from

I

I • • ,.y ••.

II ~..... ,lit '. .' •







God His Sa-viour; for this is the gen-er-a-tion

I ~ 1 I

of them that seek the Lord.

Then the 2nd Cantor alone

begins chanting the 10th Antiphon:

o Lord.



• •



• pt;. • pt;





All respond:

Five tal-ents didst Thou de-liv-er un-to me;





be-hold, I have gain-ed be-side them five tal-ents more.

. ,



o 16 I Apr. 4 117- Lenten Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 16

,t ,l,VA*

Tone 1 I [. • .] • III (. 0 • 1]..... .' I

I ••••••••

• •

Psalm 95:

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 10th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

o sing un-to the Cord a 1 new song; *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire 'completes the verse:

sing un-to 1 the Lord all the Earth.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's/side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse .... (omitting the "intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Sing unto the Lord, bless 1 His Name; * proclaim from day to day the good

tidings of 1 His sal-va-tidn.

I Declare among the na-tions His J, Glor-y, * and among all peo- J, ples His;1

won-ders. /

For Great is the Lord, and greatly to be J, Prai-sed; * He is to be Fear- 1 edt

,-

a-bove all gods.

For all the gods of the na-tions are 1 de-mons; * but the Lord J. made the

Heav-ens.

Praise and beauty are be- J, fore Him; * holiness and majesty are in His 1 Sanc-tu-ar-Y.

Bring to the Lord, ye kindreds of the na-tions, t bring to the Lord glor-y and J. hon-our; * bring t9",the Lord the glory due J, un-to His Name.

Bring sacrifices, and go in-to J, His Courts; * worship the Lord 1 in His Ho-ly'

Court.

Let the Earth be shaken at His J, Pres-ence; * say among the na-tions J, that the Lord is Kf ng.

For He hath established the world which shall not be J, sha-ken; * He shall judge the peo-ple J, in up-right-ness.

Let the Heavens be glad and let the Earth re- joice t let the sea be shaken, and the f'ul-ness 1 there-Of; * the plains shall be joyful, and all J, the things there-in.

Then shall all the trees of the forest rejoice at the Pres-ence of J. the Lord; * for

He cometh, for He com- J, eth to judge the Earth. ~

He shall judge the world with righ- J, tenus-ness :;< and the J, peo-ples with His Truth.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to 1 the III Son, * and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and 1 ev-er, :;< and unto the ages of

, A

J, a-ges. A-men.

Then, All repeat:



• •



• !Ii' • !Ii







o Lord, five tal-ents didst Thou de-liv-er un-to me;

I

• ~ I !Ii ,. !Ii t! • !Ii II

_.'. • - -.. • ij

be-hold, I have gain-ed be-side them five tal-ents more.

o 17 I Apr. 4 117- Lenten Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 17 I

Then the 1st Cantor alone





,

begins chanting the 11th Antiphon:

Five un-to me.



, . .

,

, • "" 14

o Lord, of the tal-ents didst Thou de-liv-er;

~1~'~'~~'~'~~·~~~~~~A~.~.~~.3B11ij

All respond:

I have gain-ed be-side "them five tal-ents more,

,t .j,~A'"

Tone 1 I [, • ,] ,.. [, 0 , I] .. ,' "I ' ,

/

A

, '"

. , ,

, ,

= 0

Psalm 96: • ..

... Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 11th Psalm,

using this Tone, including the )ntonation note» (within the first set of brackets therein):

The Lord is King, let the Earth .1 re- jo i ce: '"

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the vers~_- ... let the man- y J, is-lands be glad.

And then, only ,the 1 st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire (omitting the intonation notes), the two sidesalternating the verses thereafter:

Clouds and darkness are roiind ~;--.1 bout Him; *- righteousness and judgment

are the es-tab- .1 lish-ment Of Hil' Throne. _ -

Fire shall go be- .1 fore Him, *- and shall burn up His en- J, em-les round a-bout. His Ii~htnings have shone forth through-out .1 the world; *- the Earth saw it .1 and was sha-ken.

The mountains melted like wax at the Pres-ence Of .1 the Lord, *- at the Presence

of the .1 Lord of all the Earth. /

The Heavens de-dar-ed His righ-.1 teous-ness, *- and all the peo-ples ~ saw His Glor-Y. Let all be put to shame that wor-ship gra- J, ven things, *- that boast

them-selves .1 of their i-dols. _

Worship Him, all ye His .1 ang-elsj *- ,Sy-on J, heard and was glad. ,

And the daughters of Ju-de-a_re- .1 joi-ced *- because of Thy J, jiidg-ments, 0 Lor.p. For Thou art' Lord Most High o-ver all .1 the Earth; *- Thou art Exalted far,

J, a-bove all the gods. ,

Ye that love the Lord, see to it that ye hate e-vil t _ the Lord preserveth the souls of .1 His Sai nts; *- from the hand of the: sinner shall t He de-liv-er them.

/ A light hath dawned forth for the righ- J, teous man, *- and gladness for J, the

up-right of heart. /

Be ~Iad in the Lord, 0 ye J, righ-teous: *- and glve thanks for the remembrance J, Of His ho-Ii-ness.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to .1 the .. Son, *- and .1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As / it was in the beginning, both now and J, ev-er, *- and unto the ages of J, a-ges. A-men.

Then,

I

- ',I

next 'Verse I;'





, ~



, . ,

,

, ,

,

, ~

Five un-to me, 0 Lord, of the.tal-ents didst Thou de-liv-erj

• •



All repeat:

. . ,

I have gain-ed be-side them five tal-ents more.

I .

Then the 2nd Cantor alone

, • :::I

While he was.

begins chanting the 12th Antiphon:

. ~

:::I

,

1'1

,



,

,

, I

All respond:

A High Priest here on the Earth, he was not

, ,I"" ,'1'1 ~ " ~, ~'i, 1'1, .ij

~d; but un-to the Heav-en-ly Realms as one that was glor-if-i-ed he pass-ed on.

o 18 I Apr. 4 117- Lenten Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, D.C.D. I 0 18

,T -l.-v~*

Tone 1 I [. • .] ••• [. 0 , '] .,., " I • • • ••• • •• '. ~ 0 , II ij

Psalm 97:

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 12th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein): o sing un-to the Lord a J, new song, *

Then, only the 1 sf Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:.,... A

: for the.Lord J, hath wrought' won-drous things.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse {omitting the intonation notes}, the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

His Right Hand and His Ho- J, ly ~rm * have wrought sal- J, va-tlon for Him. The Lord hath made known His sal- J, va-tion; * in the sight of the. nations hath He re- J, veal'd His righ-teous-ness ..

.... He hath remembered His mer-cy to J, Ja-cob, * and His Truth to the J, House of is-ra-tl All the ends of the Earth J, have seen * the sal- J, va-tion of Our God.

Shout with jubilation un-to the Lord, all J, the Earth; * sing and re- J, joice and I

chant Psalms. '_. ". )I

Chant ye unto the Lord with a harp, with the harp and with the voice Of J, a'

Psalm, * with trumpets of metal, and wltha voice of a) trum-pet of horn. I

Shout with .jubilation before the Lord, Our King; t let thAe sea be shaken and the fiil-ness J, there-Of, * the world and all J, they that dwell there-in.

The rivers shall clap their hands to-geth-er; t the mountains shall rejoice at the Pres-ence Of J, the Lord; * for He cometh; yea, He is J, come to judge the Earth.

He will judge the world with righ- J, tenus-ness, * and the peo-ples J, with up-right-ness.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to J, the + Son, * and J, to the Ho":ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and J, ev-er, * and unto the ages J, of a-ges. A-men.

A

Then, •

,

, .

I





I

All repeat:

• I • •

I

,

I ',,.. I I' "I ,ij

a-fraid; but un-to the Heav-en-Iy Realms as one that was glor-if-i-ed he pass-ed

~ ..

on.

The Versicle

y. The Lord guided the righteous in right paths. W. And shewed him the Kingdom of God.

All Lessons and Responsories for the Night Vigils shall be found in the Lectionary.

The Third Nocturn

The Canticles

Then the 1st Cantor alone begins chanting the 13th Antiphon:

I , ij
, ~ •
This is he.
I • ~
• • " ~ tt I ... i
• • All respond: Which de-spi-sed his life in this world, and

I • , ~ ~ '. • Iii

'+. , • --

is ar-ri- ved un-to life e-ter-nal.

o 19 I Apr. 4 I 17-Lenten Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 19

... t l' ... ..... * J, .3-

Tone 8 I [. • .) ••• [. 8 • I).... · 8 • I • • • ••• • • •

.' • • • II ~

Canticle of the Wisdom of Jesus Ben Siracb I i Ecclus, 14: 22; 15: 3, 4, 6):

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the lst Canticle, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Bless-ed is the man that doth meditate good things in Wis-dom t and that

reasoneth of holy things .by his un-der- i .stand-Ing, '" "'.

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Qj_ the Quin~.co.mpletes the verse: *

(and in his mind shall think of the

all- l See-ing Eye of God.) And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side '2i the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the [ntonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

.;. With the bread of un-der-stand-ing shall He T feed him, * and give him the

water of l Wis-dom to drink. /

He shall be stayed upon Him, and shall not be mov-ed; t and shall rely upon Him, and shall not be con- l' found-ed; * He shall exalt him a- 1 bove his neigh-bours.

And He shall cause him to inherit an ev-er- i last-ing name: '" l (the Lord Our

God.) , .

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to th~'+ Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost. As iJ was in the beginning, both / QOw and t ev-er, * and unto the ages of l a- ges. A-men.

/

;!

I

Canticle of Jeremias Uer . 17: 7 - 8):

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Canticle, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Bless-ed is the man that trust-eth r in the Lord, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side el. the Quire completes the verse: A and whose .1 hope the Lord is.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intanaiio« notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

For he shall be as a tree planted by the wa-ters, t that spreadeth out her roots'

by the i riv-er; * and shall not fear J... when heat com-eth. _

But His leaf shall be green., t and shall not be careful in the iyear of

drought; * neither shall .1 cease from yield-ing fruit. 0

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, * and J... to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of

L a-ges. A-men. .

Canticle of Wisdom of Jesus Ben Sirack II (Ecclus. 31: 8 - 11):

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Canticle, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Bless-ed is the man that is found without blem-Ish, t and hath not gone T af'-ter gold, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

(nor put his trust in money 1 nor in

,... )

treas-ures.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Who is he and we will call him i bless-ed? * for won-der-ful things hath he done a- J... mong his peo-ple.

Who hath been tried there-by and found i per-feet? * then 1 let him glor-Y.

~ Who might offend, and hath not of- T fend-ed? '" or done evil, and l hath not done it?

His good shall be es- i tab-lish-ed, * and all the Church of the Saints 1 shall de-clare his alms.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the + Son, * and J... to the Ho-lyGhost.

As, it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of .1 a-ges. A-men.

o 20 I Apr. 4 I 17 -- Lenten Morning Solemnity (Lauds) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 20 I

Then,



" .

• I

,



,

,

I· ~

••

This is he which de-spi-sed his life in this world, and ~1~'=.========~~~;~·~·~,=FI1

~.. . . ..

All repeat:

is ar-ri- ved un-to -life e-ter-nal,

The Versicle

" .

y. I have bestowed help on one that is mighty. ,

iV, I have raised up one chosen out of My people.

All Lessons and Responsories for the Night Vigils shall be found in the Lectionary.

-,

..

/

The Collect

Give ear, Lord, to our peayers which we present unto Thee on the Feast of Thy holy confessor and Bishop Ambrose, that we who put not our trust in our own righteousness may be assisted by the prayers of him who was well-pleasing unto Thee. Through Our Lord Jesus I Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost,God, )I through all the ages of 'ages. ~. Amen.

-: /1

MORNING/SOLEMNITY (Lauds)

The Psalms

Then the 1 st Cant or alone II =:a:, ::::J,c::::::;;::==::;:;=:::::a::, =:2':::]8

begins chanting the 1 st Antiphon:

I~----~'----------~------------~---------------

- .,., '~~ ~ ~

Be-hold a great Priest.

. ,

All respondi"

1=1 =, ===, :u:::J1I'

Who in his days pleas-ed. God, and was found

righ-teous.

+ 1'_ / * 1'_

Tone 7 I~[ .~. ~.~] ~.~. 'g( ~' ~~ '~'] ~ .• ~.~,~'~D~'~' ~D ~'31~'~' ~'~I~'~' ~.~.~.~~. ~D~'~. ~D~;§g" i

Psalm 92:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

The Lord is King, HE IS T Cloth-ed with maj-es-ty; *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side oL the Quire complet-es the verse:

the Lord IS Cloth-ul with strength i and He hath girt Him-self.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafterFor He es- i tab-lish-ed the world * which i shall not be sha-ken.

Thy Throne is pre- T par-ed Of old; * THOU ART T from ev-er-las-ting,

The rivers have T lift-ed up, 0 Lord; * the rivers have lifted i up their voi-ces. The rivers T win lift up their waves * at the voices of i man-y wat-ers. Wonderful are the T surg-ings Of the sea; * wonderful i on High is the Lord. Thy testimonies T are made ver-y sure; * holiness becometh Thy House, 0

T Lord, un-to length of days.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and T to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both T now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of i a-ges. A-men.

o 211 Apr. 4 I 17 - Lenten Morning Solemnity (Lauds) of St. Ambrose of MiJan, B.C.D. 1 0 21

Then, I • • . ;. '. '" • ~ III ~ III

• •

All repeat: Be-hold a great Priest, who in his days pleas-ed God, and was found

I

• II'

righ-teous.

The 2nd Cantor (j.lone begins chanting the 2nd Antiphon:



I

• I M

I _ 1\

. ,

There was found none.

All











II ~

I



respond: "'Like un-to him, who kept the law of the Most High.

'"

,._ 1-" i_ , *

Tone 7 I [. • .] •.• [. 8 • '1'··· · 0 • • 0 '.1 • , , • ., • •

l' _

A

, ' D. I D.; Iii

I

',1

r

I

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using this

Tone, including the intonation notes (wit,hi'; the first set of brackets therein): /1

Shout with ju-bilation l' un-to God, all the Earth; *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: serve the l' Lord with glad-ness.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Corne be- l' fore His Pres-ence * l' with re- joi-dng.

Know ye that the T Lord Him-self is Our God. * It is He That hath made us,

- ~

T and not we our-selves.

We are His people and the sheep of His pas-ture; t enter into His l' gates with thanks-giv-ing, * into His Courts with hymns; T give thanks un-to H(m.

Praise His Name, for the Lord is Good; t His mercy en- l' dur-eth for ev-er, ;« and His Truth unto generation and l' gen-er-a-tion.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the lie Son, * arid T to the H~-Iy Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both T now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of

Psalm 99:

l' a-ges. A-men.

Then All



,

,

I~



,

,

, .

repeat:

There was found none like un-to him, who kept the law of the Most

I



II ~

High.

The 1st Cantor alone begins chanting the 3rd Antiphon:

,

,





,

A wise and faith-ful ser-vant.

All

• Whom the Lord made Ru-ler o-ver His House-hold.



,





; • ~.. III

,



respond:

o 22 I Apr. 4 I 17 - Lenten Morning Solemnity (Lauds) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 22

I

I ,,~

I I I III I I I I 0

Psalm 62:

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using this same Tone I including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

10 God, My God; * ... -

Then, only the 1 st Cantor's side ei. the Quir; completes the verse:

unto Thee I rise earl- 1 y at dawn.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's /sidE? ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

~ -

My soul hath T thirs-ted/ for Thee,'" how often hath my flesh long- 1- ed af'-ter

Thee!

In a land barren and untrodden and unwat-er-ed, t so in the Sanctuary have I 'J

ap- i pear-ed be-fore Thee'" to see Thy power and 1 Thy Glor-Y. ". I,

For Thy mercy is I bet-ter than Ihes'; * my lips 1 shall praise Thee. /'

So shall I T bless Thee in my life: '" and in Thy Name will I lift l- up my hands. As with marrow and fatness let my i soul be fill-ed, '" and with lips of rejoicing

shall my l- mouth praise Thee.

If I remembered Thee on my bed, t at the dawn I medi- T ta-red on Thee; :\< for THOU ART be-come 1 My Help-cr.

In the shelter of Thy Wings will I re- joice; t my I soiil hath cleav'd lif-ter Thee; '" Thy Right H~nd hath been quick 1 to help me.

But as for these, in vain have they sought after my soul; t they shall go into the, nether- I most parts Of the Earth; * they shall be surrendered unto the edge of the sword; portions for fox- 1 es shall they btL

But the king shall be glad in God; t everyone shall be praised that T swear-eth by Him; * for the mouth of them is stop-ped that 1- speak un-just things.

Glory be to the i Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and to l- the H6-1y Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both I now and. ev-er, '" and unto the ages of a- l- ges. A-men.

Then All repeat

I

I

I

I

I

I I I I = •

_, . .

:A wise and faith-ful ser-vant,' whom the Lord made Ru-ler

I~I ~~.~. ~"~I~I~II~

o-ver His House-hold.

this Antiphon:

Then the 2nd Cantor alone I I 15 I I ~
• I I
begins chanting the 4th Antiphon: Bless-ed is that ser-vant.
I = I II'i I II'i =
I All respond: Whom, when His Lord com-eth and knock-eth at

~1---I--;~I--I----I~~~~----II'i"~~--II'i--.-'I~II

the door, shall He find keep-ing vig-il.

o 23 I Apr. 4 I 17 - Lenten Morning Solemnity (Lauds) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 23

, T t" A* J,. ~ ~ ....

Tone 8 I (. • .) • I I [I B I 1)1 I I I I D I I I I I I I I I I I • I I • • II ~

The Benedicite (paraphrase of Daniel 3: 57 - 88, 56):

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the lst Canticle, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Bless the Lord, all ye works i Of the Lord, * .

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse." •

o praise "ye ' the Lord and supremely exalt Him iin- 1 to the a -ges.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter;

Bless the Lord, ye Ang-els T Of the Lord; * bless the 1 Lord, ye Heav-ens;

Bless the Lord, all ye waters a-bove the i Heav-ens; * bless the Lord, ye

1 pow-ers Of the Lord; /

Bless the Lord, 0 r Sun and Moon; :I< bless the Lord, ye 1 stars of /Heav-en;

Bless the Lord, e~-'ry r rai~ and de'Y; * pless .the Lord, 1 all ye ,,:inds of god; 1

Bless the Lord, fire and heat of i burn-Ing; '" bless the Lord, wmter 1 cold and I

sum-mer heat; .' ...

Bless the Lord, 0 falls of T dew and snow; * bless the 1 Lord, 0 ice am! cold; /' Bless the Lord, 0 hoar frosts + and snows; * bless the 1 Lord, 0 nights and

days; _ _

Bless the Lord, 0 Light and i dark-ness; * bless the Lord, 0 I llght-nlngs and clouds;

Let th,e E"arth T bless the Lord; * let it praise the Lord and supremely exalt Him

iin- 1 to the a-ges. ~ .

_ Bless the Lord, 0 moun-tains T and hills; * bless the Lord, all ye things that

1 spring up on the Earth; ~ . ,

Bless the Lord, 0 i foun-tains; * bless the Lord, 0 1 seas and riv-ers;

Bless the Lord, 0 monsters of the seas, and all ye things that move in the

T wat-ers; * bless th't'Lord, all ye wing-ed 1 crea-tures of the sky; "

Bless the Lord, 0 beasts and T cat-tie; * bless the 1 Lord, ye sons of men;

Let Is-ra-el i bless the Lord; * let it praise the Lord .and supremely exalt Him

un- 1 to the a -ges. , I

Bless the Lord, ye Priests T Of the Lord; * bless the Lord, ye 1 ser-vants Of the

Lord; ...

Bless the Lord, ye spirits and Ie souls of the i righ-teous: * bless the Lord, ye

Saints and ye that be 1 hum-ble of heart; _ ... .

Bless the Lord, 0 Ananias, Azar-i-as, and i Mis-a-el; * 0 praise ye the Lord

and supremely exalt Him un- 1 to the a-ges. .

Let us bless the Father and the It Son with the T Ho-ly Ghost; * let us praise the Lord and supremely exalt Him iin- 1 to the a-ges.

Bless-ed art Thou, 0 Lord, in the firmament Of the, T Heav-en; :I< Thou Who art Prais-ed and Glorifi-ed and supremely Exalted iin- 1 to-the a-ges.

Then, ~1~~~'~~5~~~'~~~~~~~~~'~~~~~'~~~=~~~~~~~~~~~~X1~~~~

All repeat: Bless-ed is that ser-vant whom, when His Lord com-eth and knock-eth at

I • ~ I I ,+. ~ ~ ~." I

the door, shall He find keep-ing vig-il,

I

I

I

I

I I

Then the 1st Cantor alone

I

begins chanting the 5th Antiphon' Good and faith-ful ser-vant.





:I •

I I

All respond:

En-ter thou in-to the joy of Thy Lord.

o 24 I Apr. 4 I 17 - Lenten Morning Solemnity (Lauds) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.CD. I 0 24

t t ~A* J..v" A

Tone 3 I (I I I] I I I [I: I 1)1 I I liD I 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 0 I II ~

Psalms 148, 149, and 150.-

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 4th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Praise the T Lord from the Heav-ens; :I<

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the ver se:

., praise Him in 1 the High-est.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side, Qj_~t,he Q~ire chants th;" entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), tbe two sides alternating the verses thereafter-Praise Him, T all ye His Ang-els; * praise Him, 1 all ye His hosts., Praise T Him, 0 Sun and Moon; * praise Him, all 1 ye stars and light.

Praise Him, ye i Heav-ens of <heav-ens; :I< and thou water that art above the heavens, let them praise the Name 1 of the Lord.

... For He spake, T and they carne to be; * He commanded, and they were 1 cre-a-ted.

He established them for ever, yea, for T ev-er and ev-er;:I< He hath set an

ordinance, and it shall t not pass a-way.

T Praise the Lord from the Earth, :I< ye dragons, and all ye 1 ab-yss-es. Fire, hail, snow, ice, i blast of temp-est, :I< which L per-form His word, The T moun-tains and all the hills, * fruitful trees, and 1 all ce-dars,

The beasts and T all the cat-tie, * creep-ing things 1 and wing-ed birds, I Kings of the T Earth and all peo-ples, :I< princes and all the jiidg- 1 es Of the Earth, Young men and vir-gins, t elders with the younger, let them praise the i Name

of the Lord; * for Exalted is the Name t of Him A-lOne.

His praise is above the T Earth and Heav-en, * and He shall exalt the horn of 1 His peo-ple, This is the i hymn for ~ll His Saints, * for the sons of Isra-el and for the

people that draw 1 nigh un-to Him. _ ~

Sing un-to the i Lord a new song; :I< His praise is in the 1 Church Of the Saints, Let Isra-el be glad in t Him That made hi m; :I< let the sons of Syon re- joice

1 in Their King. _ ,

Let them pra~G T His Name in the dance; :I< with the timbrel and the psaltery Jet

them 1 chant un-to Hi m. _

For the Lord taketh pleasure T in His peo-ple, :I< and He shall exalt the meek with 1 sal-va-tion.

The Saints shall i boast in glor-y, ~ and they shall re- joice t up-on their beds.

, The high praise of T God shall be in their throat, :I< and two-edged swords shall

1 be in their hands;

To do vengeance_a- T mdng the heath-en, * punishments a-mong 1 the peo-ples; To bind their T kings with fet-ters, :I< and their nobles with man-a-cles 1 of i-:,ron; To do among them the judgln.ent T that is writ-teru " "This glory sh3.ll be t to all His Saints." Praise r ye God in His Saints; * praise Him in the firm-a-ment of I Hls pow-ere Praise Him T for His rnigh-ty acts; :I< praise Him according to the multitude of 1 His great-ness. Praise Him with the t sound of tnim-peti " praise Him with the psa!- 1 ter-y and harp. Praise Him with T tim-brei and dance; :I< praise Hlrnl. with strings and flute. Praise Him with tuneful cym-bals, t pr-aise Him with cymbals of

T ju-bil-a-tion; :I< let ev-'ry 1 breath praise the Lord.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the + Son, :I< and to 1 the Ho-Iy Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both T now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- J, ges. A-men.

Then, ~I ~~I~=~~~~~~I~~I ~'~~'~~'~~;~'~~'~~I\~~~III~~, ~,~gI11

I l

I

Good and faith-ful ser-vant, en-ter thou in-to the joy of Thy Lord.

The Chapter

The Hebdomadary alone chants the following Chapter (Ecclus_ 39_- 12, 13)_-

Many shall commend the Wisdom of the righteous man; t and, so long as the world endureth, it shall not be blotted out; :I< his memorial shall not depart away, and

his name shall live from generation unto generation. I _ I I I ; II ij

All respond: ~. Thanks be to God.

All repeat:

o 25 [Apr. 4 I 17 - Lenten Morning Solemnity (Lauds) of St. Ambrose of Milan, R.C.D. [ 0 25 The Responsorv

The 1st Cantor



Ilti. I •

alone chants:

The Lord hath lov-ed him and a-dor - ned him.

~ :I Ilti. I • :I ... :I :I.. I ij



All respond:

The Hebdomadary

alone chants:

The Lord hath lov-ed him and a-dor - ned him.

~ '.:1 • • •

y.

I

.' .. u

He cloth-ed him 'with a robe of glor-y.

:I ... :I :I.. I~

• III :I Ilti.lij



All respond:

..

The Hebdomadary

And a-dor - ned him.

~ • • • • :I • • :I • • I I
»:
y. Glor - y be to the Fath - er, and to the Son, 41
I :I :I I ij (
• • • • • and to the IIo - Iy Ghost.

I



Ilti. I •

All respond:

The Lord hath lov-ed him and a-dor - ned him.

The Hymn and The Versicle











• I •





:I



~ ..



I



The 1st Cantor alone chants the intonation: 1. J e=- sus, the world's Re-deem-er, hear!

The 1st Cantor's side QlJ.ly completes line T Thy Prel-ate's Fade-less Crown,draw near; 1.---7 The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 2:

2. This meek Con- fes- sor of Thy Name,

---7 To - day at- taln'd a glor- ious fame; 2.---7

The 1st Cantor's side only chants line 3: I

3. The world and all its boast- ed good,

---7 As vain and pass-ing, he es-chew'd, 3.---7 The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 4:

4. Grant then that we, most Gra-ciousGod,

-7 May fol - low in the steps he trod; 4.---7

All chant line 5:

5. 0 Christ, Most Lov-ing King, to Thee,

---7 With God

• I III



the Fath - er , glor - y . ,.. .

be;

5.-7









:0'



II •

1. Ac- eept with gent-lest love to - dav

_; The prayers and prais-es that we pay. 1. 2. Whose year-ly Feast, in sol - emn state,

-7 Thv faith - ful peo- ple eel - e - brate. 2.

3. And there-fore, with an- gel - ie bands, ~

---7 In end - less joy for ev - er stands. 3.

4. And at his prayer Thy ser- vants free

-7 From stain of all in - i-quit - y. 4.

5. Like glor- y, as is ev - er meet,

-7 To God the Ho - ly Par -a - clete. 5.

I

Then All chant the "Amen" as follows: A men.

v. Pray for us, 0 bless-ed Ambrose.

~. That we may be rendered meet for the promises of Christ.

o 26 I Apr. 4 117 - tenten Morning Solemnity (Lauds) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 26 The Antiphon on the Benedictus and the Benedictus

Then is sung the Antiphon on the Benedictus , which is ~~~~~~.~~g~

• • III = ..

• •

alwa'\Js begun by the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone:

J_ _ ; _

All continue-the ~~. ~~.~ ... ~~ •• ~.~~.~~~!\~~. ~~!;~~IiiiIII~~~~~

= rt; !IIi ij

Un-to a wise man, who hath build-ed his house

I will li-ken him.

Antiphon as follows:



• r\

~ . .



All repeat:

;

!IIi ~ !Ii.

up-on the rock.

The Collect

o God, Thou That hast granted unto us this most holy day in observance of the Solemnity of Thy blessed confessor and Bishop Ambrose, graciously be Attentive unto the prayers of Thy Church, that It may be strengthened by the entreaties of him by whose deeds It is made glorious. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. W. Amen.

o 27[

Apr. 4 I 17 - Lenten Prime of St. Ambrose of Milan, C.B.D.

[ 0 27

PRIME

The l st Cantor alone

- --

I · ·



, .

begins chanting this Antiphon:

Be-hold a great Priest.

I





,..



I ~

I

All respond:

Who in- his days pleas-ed God, ... a~d was found

I



• II'

righ-teous .

..

N.B. When this Feast- falls on a Sunday in Lent or Passiontide , it is

transferred to the next day (Monday). On a Monday only, Prime continues as here given, but on a Tuesday it continues with the Psalms as given on pp . 0 29 - 0 31, and ( on a Wednesday wit~ the Psalms as given on pp . 031 - 0 33, and on a Thursday with( the Psalms as given on pp. 0 33 - 0 34, and on a Friday with the Psalms as given on

pp. 035 - 0 37, and on a Saturday wjln the Psalms as given on pp . 0 38 - 0 40. J

,T 1_, ..... * 1'_

I I I [, 8 I '] I I I I I 0 I I 0 I I I I I I. I •• • D, I D ::I Iii

A

Tone 7 I (. • ,]

Psalm 1:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse 'of the l st Psalm portion, using this Tone, including the intonation=notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

~.... .

Bless-edIs the man that hath not walked in the counsel of the ungod-ly, t nor

stood in the T way of sin-ners, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse: I

nor sat in the T seat of the pes-til-ent.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

But his will is rather in the i law of the Lord, >I< and in His law will he T med-it-ate day and night.

And he shall be like the tree which is planted by the i streams of the wat-ers, >I< which shall bring forth its T fruit in its sea-sen.

i And its leaf shall not fall; * and all things whatsoever he may i do shall pros-per.

Not so are the un- i god-Iy, not so; >I< but rather they are like the chaff which the wind doth hurl away t from the face of the Earth.

For this reason shall the ungodly not T stand up in judg-ment, * nor sinners in the council i of the rlgh-teotis.

For the Lord knoweth the t way of the righ-teous, * and the way of the un- i god-ly shall per-ish.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the It Son, >I< and T to the Ho-ly Ghost,

As it was in the beginning, both i now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of T a-ges. A-men.

0281

Apr. 4 / 17 - Lenten Prime of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

1028

+ f_ * l' - A
I ( . . ] ( . ~ . I) • 0 • ' • • II~
Tone 7 • ... ... • • 0 I • • • ... • • • 0 • • =
0
Psalm 2:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the Znd Psalm portion, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Why have the Thea-then ra-ged, *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse~~ A

and the .peoples medlt- T a-ted kmp-ty things?

And then, only the 1 sf Cantor's side ei: the" Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

The kings of the Earth were arou-sed, t am! the rulers were as- T sem-bled to-geth-er, * against the Lord, and T ag-ainst His Christ.

Let us break their r bonds as-un-der, * and let us cast a-way T their yoke from us. He That dwelleth in the Heavens r shall laugh them to scorn, * and the Lord

shall T de-ride them. /'

Then shall He speak r un-to them in His wrath, * and in His anger i shall He

troub-le them. ' ,I

Bl!t as for M~, I was Established as King by Him, t upon Syon His i Uo-Iy ;1

Moun-tain, * Proclaiming the com- l' mand-rnent Of the Lord.... I

The i Lord said un-to Me: * "Thou/art My Son; this day pave t Ibe-got-ten Thee.'), Ask of Me, and I will give Thee the nations for T Thine in-her-it-ance, * and the uttermost parts of the Earth for i Thy pos-ses-slon.

Thou shalt herd them with a T rod of i-ron, * Thou shalt shatter them like a

T pot-ter's ves-sels -;

And now, i 0 ye kings, un-der-stand; * be instructed, all T ye that ju_!lge the Earth. Serve T ye the Lord with fear, * and rejoice in i Hi m with trem-bling,

Lay hold of instruc-tion, t lest at any time the i Lord be Ang-ry, * and ye

perish T from the righ-teous way. ; "

Wilen quickly His i wrath be kin-died, * blessed are all that have i put their trust in Him.

Glory be to uie T Fath-er, and to the It Son, * and i to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both i now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of T a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 6_

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm portion, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

o Lord, re-buke me i not in Thine ang-er, * .

Then, only the 1 sf Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse: A nor T chas-ten. me in Thy wrath.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides qlternaiing the verses thereafter:

Have mercy on me, 0 T Lord, for I am weak, * heal me, 0 Lord, for i my

bones are troub-Ied. .'"

And my soul is T troub-led great::ly; * but i Thou, 0 Lord, how lOng?

Turn to me again, 0 Lord, de- i liv-er ... my soul; * save me i for Thy mer-cy's sake. For in death there is none that is T mind-ful Of Thee; * and in Hades r who will

con-fess Thee? , ....

I toiled in my groan-ing; t every night i I will wash my bed; * with tears will I i wat-er my couch.

Through wrath is mine T eye be-come trotib-Ied; * I have grown old among r all mine en-em-ies.

_ Depart from Arne, all ye r that work van-it-y; * for the Lord hath heard the

T voice of my weep-ing. ;

The Lord hath heard my T sup-plic-a-tion; * the Lord T hath re-ceived my prayer. Let all mine enemies be greatly put to r shame and be troub-led; * let them be turned back, and speedily be t great-ly put to shame.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the It Son, * and T to the Ho-Iy Ghost.

As,it was in the beginning, both i now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of T a-ges. A-men.

0291

Apr. 4 I 17 - Lenten Prime of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

1029

Then,

• •

;





I



. ~







All repeat: Be-hold a great Priest, who in his days pleas-ed God, and was found

I



righ-teous.

The Chapter

The HebdomadarY'alone chants the.f ollowing Chapter (Isaias 3,3-- 2)_-

Now unto the King Eternal, Immortal, fuvisible,~ f the One Only Wise IC~-~'~=:::;·=:::;;.;:::=:;;;:::uj111

God, be honour and glory * unto the ages of ages. Amen. All respond: W. Thanks be to God.

The proper for Terce begins on p . 0 40_

.. .. -

Psalms for Prime On Tuesdav /'

[,;,;j"" 'iO',o;j ".

l' _

Tone 7 I (. • .) ',"

••• • •• • D, •

o ; II i

/ I

I'

I

Psalm 7_-

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first .hal] of the first verse of the lst Psalm, using thi~' Tone, including the intonation notes (within-the first set of brackets therein):

o Lord My God, in Thee T have I put my hope; *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

save me from them that persecute me, and

T do Thou de-liv-er me.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the t~o sides alternating the verses thereafter--

Lest at any time like a l' H -on he seize my soul, * when there is none to

re- i deem me, nor to save. _ ~

o Lord My ~d, if T I have done this, * if there be in- r jus-tice in my hands,

If I have' paid back evil to them that rendered T e-vil un-to me, * then let me ,_ fail back empty i from mine en-em-ies.

_ Then let the enemy pursue my soul, tang take it; and let him tread down my

l' life in-to the earth, * and my glory let him l' bring down in-to the dust.

Arise, 0 Lqrd , T in Thine ang-er; * exalt Thyself to the furthest boundaries l' Of Thine en-em-ies.

h And arouse Thyself, 0 Lord My God, in the commandment T which Thou hast

en-joined, * and a congregation of peoples l' shill sur-round Thee. , A

And for their sakes re- T turn Thou on High; * the Lord shall T judge the peo-ples. Judge me, o .Lord, according T to my righ-teous-ness, * and according to mine

in-no- T cence with-in miL _ ,

Let the wickedness of sinners be ended, and; do Thou T guide the righ-teous

man, * 0 God, That search est i out the hearts and reins. /

Righteous T is my help from God, * Who saveth them T who are up-right of heart. God is a Judge That is Righteous, T Strong and For-bear-ing * and inflicteth

i not wrath ev-'ry day. h

Unless ye be converted, His glittering i sword shall He fur-bish; :I< He hath bent

His bow, and hath r made it rea-dy. _

And on it He hath made ready the T in-stru-ments of death; * His arrows for

them that rage hotly i hath He per-tee-ted. ,

Behold, he was jn travail i with un-righ-teous-ness; * he hath conceived toil and T brought forth In-i-quit-y. ~

He opened a T pi t and dug it; :I< and he shall fall into the T hole which he hath made. His toil shall return up- T on his own head, * and upon his own pate shall his

un- T righ-teous-ness come down. ,

I will give praise unto the Lord according T to His righ-teous-ness; * and I will chant unto the T Name of the Lord Most High.

Glory be to the i Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and T to the Ho-IyGhdst,

As,it was in the beginning, both T now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of T a-ges. A-men.

030 I

Apr. 4 /17 - Lenten Prime of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

1030

l' _

A

• •• • o. •

o ; "I

Psalm 8.-

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using this same Tone,( including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein): o Lord, Our I Lord, how Won-der-ffil *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the (Juire completes the verse:

." is I Thy Name in all the Earth.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's si"de. ei-tbs Quire chants tht' entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

For Thy magnifi- I cence is lif-ted * high a- I bove the Heav-ens.

Out of the mouths, of babes and sucklings hast Thou perfected praise, be- I cause of Thine en-em-ies, * to destroy the enemy I and- av-en-ger.

For JNwill.behold the_,Heayens, the I works of Thy Fing-ers, * the moon and the

.... stars, I which Thou hast found-ed, - ~ _ A

What is man, that Thou art lMind-fuiof him," or the son of man, that Thou Tvis-it-est him? Thou hast made .him a little lower than the ang-els; t with glory and honour

i hast Thou crown-ed him; * an<!- Thou hast set, him, over the r wo!ks of Tpy !laiI.ds. (

All thmgs hast ... T,bou subjected under his feet, t sheep i and all ox-en,'" yea, ',I

and the I beasts of the f'ield, _ '- I{

The birds of the air, and the Ifish of the ~,*the things that pass through the ipaths of the sea.

I 0 Lord, Our Lord, * how WondJ!rful is Thy i Name in all the Earth! /r Glory be to the I Fath-er, and to-the + Son, * and T to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As _, it was in the beginning, both T now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of T a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 9 vv. 1 - 18:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the lst verse of the lst portion of the 3rd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

I will confess Thee, 0 r Lord, with my whole heart; *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire completes the verse: A

I will tell of T all Thy won-ders.

And then, only.J-he 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: A '

I will be glad and re- i ,ioice in Thee; * I will chant unto i Thy Name, 0 Most High. When mme enem- T y be turn-ed back, * they shall grow weak and shall

i per-ish be-fore Thv Face. '

For Thou hast maintained my i judg-ment and my cause; * Thou hast sat upon

a Throne, 0 Thou That l' jiidg-est ngh-teous-ness. ~

Thou hast rebuked the heathen, and the ungodlv l' man hath per-Lsh'd * his name Thou hast blotted out for ever, and unto) a-ges of~ a-ges,

The swords of the enemv have i ut-ter-ly fail-oo, ! and his cities T Thou hast des-troy-ed, The remembrance of him hath perished T with a re-sound-ing noise; * but the

Lord for i ev-er ab-I-deth. ,

In judgment hath He prepared His Throne t -and He .Hlmself will judge the T world in righ-teous-ness; * He will judge the peoples l' in up-right-ness.

And the Lord is Become a Refuge i for tile poor man, '" a Helper in times of

well-being and i in af-flic-tiOns. _

And let them that i know Thv Name hope In Thee; * for Thou hast not forsaken T them that seek Thee, 0 Lord.

Chant unto the Lord Who I dwell-eth in Sy-on; * proclaim ye His way a- i mong the nations. For He That maketh enq_uirv for I 'blood hath re-mem-ber'd them; * He hath

not forg_otten the T cry of the pau-:p~rs. .

Have mercv J on me, 0 Lord; * see my humiliation which I have suffered r from mine en-ern-ies,

o Thou That dost raise me up I from the _gates of death; * that I may declare all Thypraises in the gates of the T daugh-ter of Sy-on.

We will reJoice in T Thv sal-va-tldn; * the heathen are ensnared in the

de- I struc-tkm which they have wrought.

In T this snare which thev hid 'i< T hath their foot been caught.

The Lord is Known by lhe judgments which He i ex-ec-u-teth; * in the works

of His Own Hands hath the I sin-ner been caught. .

Let sinners be turned awav T lin-to Ha-des, * yea, aU the nations that are for- T get-ful of GOO. For the poor man shall not be for- r got-ten to the end; * the patience of the paupers shall not i per-ish for ev-er.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the II}I Son, * and T to the Ho-lvGhost. ,

As it was in the beginning, both I now and ev-er, * and unto the ages ot T a-ges. A-men.

0311

Then,

Apr. 4/17 - Lenten Prime of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

.. ;. .

1031



. ~







All repeat: Be-hold a great Priest, who in his days pleas-ed God, and was found

·EI ~. ==~. Ell ~

righ-teous.

The Chapter

The Hebdomadarf alone chants the.f ollowing Chapter (Isaias 3t3: 2):

Now unto the King Eternal, Immortal, Invisible, + the One Only Wise ~I ~~'~~'~'e;§EII'

God, be honour and glory * unto the ages of ages. Amen. All respond:~. Thanks be to God.

T he proper for Terce begins on p. 0 40.

" .. .

... Psalms for Prime On Wednesday

,/

Tone 7 I [. • 'J III [.;, ~J'" . rio • ; c

Psalm 9: vv. 19 - 38:'

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first hal] of the first verse of the 2nd portion of the 1st Psalm, using this Tone, including the ir:tfJfia!jon notes (within the first set of brackets therein/' Arise, 0 Lord, i let not man pre-val I; *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

let the nations be T judg-ed be-fore Thee.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

o Lord, set a T law-giv-er o-ver them; * let the heathen T know that· they are but men. Why, 0 Lord, hast Thou gone to T stand a-far off; * why dost Thou overlook

us in times of well-being and T in af-f'lic-tions? ' , ~

When the ungodly man is arrogant, the poor man T burn-eth with-in; * they are

caught in the T counesels which they de-vise., ,

For the sinner praiseth himself ill the T lusts of his soul: * and the unrighteous, man likewise T bless-eth him-self there-in.

The sinner T hath pro-vok'd the Lord; * according to the magnitude of His

T wrath, he car-eth not. ~ ,I

God is i not be-fore him * profane are his w~ays in i ev-'ry sea-son.

_ Thy judgments are re- r mov-ed from his sight; * over all his enemies shall he

T gain do-min-ion. _ ,

For he i said in his heart: * "I shall not be shaken; from generation to

generation shall T I be with-out harm." _ ~

With cursing is his mouth filled, and with T bit-ter-ness and de-ceit; * under

his tongue T are toil and trav-ail. ,

He sitteth in ambush with the rich in T se-cret pm-ces, * that he may T slay the in-no-cent.

_ His eyes are set up- T on the poor man; * he lieth in. wait in a secret place like a

T li-on in his den. .....

He Iieth in watt tq seize up- i on the poor man, * to seize upon the poor man when he T draw-eth him in.

In his snare will he i hum-ble gaining dominion i o-ver the poor.

For he said in his heart: T "God hath for-got-ten; * He hath turned away His

Face, that He might T not see un-to the end." , ~

Arise, 0 Lord My God, let Thy i Hand be Lift-ed hlgh. " forget not Thy i pau-pers to the end.

Why hath the ungodly i one pro-vo-ked God? * For he hath said in his heart:

"He i will not make en-quir-Y.

Thou seest, for Thou understandest T trav-ail and ang-er, * that Thou mightest deliver T him in-to Thy Hands.

To Thee hath the beggar i been ab-an-don'd * for the orphan art T Thou a Help-er. Break Thou the arm of the sinner and T Of the e-vil man; * his sin shall be sought T out and be found no more.

The Lord shall, be King for ever, and unto the l' a-ges of a-ges; :I: ye heathen shall perish T out of His land.

... *

• I • • • ••• • • •

l' _

• D, •

o ; II M

I

.,/

I

him-self; * he will bow down and fall while

0321

Apr. 4 / 17 - Lenten Prime of St. Ambrose of Milan, H.C.D.

1032

Tone 7

l' _

A

• -. • ••• • •• • D. •

n :I II i

The desire of the poor T hast Thou heard, 0 Lord; * to the preparation of their heart hath Thine T Eifr been At-ten-tive,

To judge for the orphan T and the hum-ble, * that man may no more presume

to be T haugh-ty up-on the Earth. '

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the + Son, '" and i to the Hee-ly Ghost.

As)t was in the beginning, both T now' and! ev-er, * and unto the ages of T a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 10: ,

/

The 1st (:antor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using the

"'" same Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein}:

In the Lord have I ho-ped; t how will ye T say to my soOl: :I:

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: _ '

"Flee unto the mountains T like a spar-row? (

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse ;f

{omitting the intonation notes}, the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: 1

,For behold, the sinners have bent their _bow, t they, have prepared arrows i for

the quiv-er, :I: to shoot down in a moonless T night the up-right of heart. I

For what Thou hast formed l' they have de-stroy-ed; * and the righteous T man,

what hath he done?

The Lord is in His i Ho-ly Tern-pie; :I: the Lord, in T Heav-en is His Throne.

His Eyes are set up- i on the poor man; * His Eyelids ex- i am-ine the sons of men. The Lord examineth the righteous man T and the un-god-ly; * but he that loveth

unrighteousness T ha-teth his own soul. ,

He will rain down i snares up-on sin-ners; * fire and brimstone and wind of

tempest shall be the i por-tion of their cup. .,

For the Lord is Righteous T and hath loved righ-teous-ness; :I: upon uprightness

hath His T Coun-ten-ence look'd. '

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the + Son, '" and T to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both i now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of

l' ' A

I a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 11:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein}:

Save me, 0 Lord, for a righteous T man there is no more; * .

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse,'

for truths have diminish-ed T from the sons of men.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Vain things hath each man spoken t t9 his neigh-bour: '" deceitful lips are in his

heart, and in his heart hath he T spo-ken ~-vils. ~ ,

Let the Lord des- T troy all de-ceit-ful Ii ps, * and the tongue i that speak-eth

boast-ful words. ,_

Which have said: "Our tongue will we mag-ni-fy; tour T lips are our own; '" T who is lord o-ver us?

_"Because of the distress of the beggars and the T groan-ing of the poor, '" now

will T I a-rise," saith the Lord. ~

"I will establish i them in sal-va-tion; * I will be T Man-if-est there-in."

The words of the T Lord are ..,pure words, '" silver that is fired, tried in the earth, brought to T sev-en-fold pii-rit-y.

Thou, 0 Lord, shalt keep us T and shalt pre-serve us, * from this generation, i and for ev-er-more.

The un- T god-ly walk round ab-out: '" to the measure of Thy Loftiness hast Thou es- i teem-ed the sons of men.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the + Son, '" and i to the Ho-IyGhdst.

As, it '1'as in the beginning, both T now and ev-er, '" and unto the ages of i a-ges. A-men.

0331

Apr. 4/17 - Lenten Prime of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

1033

Then,

I

• •

;







. ~







All repeat:

Be-hold a great Priest, who in his days pleas-ed God, and was found



righ-teous.

The Chapter

.. ~

The Hebdomadary alone chants the following. Chapter (Isaias 33: z):

Now unto the King Eternal, Immortal, Invisible, t the One Only Wise I • • I ; 111

God, be honour and glory * unto the ages pf ages. Amen. All respond:~. Thanks be to God.

The proper for Terce begins on p . 0 40.

Psaims for Prime On Thursdav

t 1'_ ~ * r - I
[ , . ] [ ,'a. I] • 0 ~ , , II i ~ I
Tone 7 I • • 11 • 11 • • 0 I • • • II • • • I 0 • • * r
0 I Psalm 12: -:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the lst Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

How long, 0 Lord, wilt Thou utter- T Iy for-get me? *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire completes the verse:

How long wilt Thou turn T Thy Face a-way

from me?

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

How Igng shall I take T coun-sel in my soul, * with grievings in my T heart by

day and by night? r' .

How long shall mine enemy be ex- l' al-ted o-ver me? '" Look upon me, l' hear'

me, 0 Lord My God. _

Enlighten mine eyes, lest a! any T time 1 "sleep un-to death; '" lest at any time

mine enemy say: "I have pre- l' vail-ed a-gainst him." I

They that afflict me will rejoice T if I am sha-ken; * but as for me, I have r hoped in Thy.mer-cy.

My heart will rejoice in Thy sal-va-tion; t I will sing unto the Lord, Who is My T Ben-ef-ac-tor; * and 1 will chant unto the T Name of the Lord Most High.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the It Son, '" and I to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both r now and 'ev-er, * and unto the ages of T a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 13: ....

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

The fool T hath said in his heart: *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Q[_ the Quire completes the verse.' I ( ') "There is no God."

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the, verses thereafter:

They are become corrupt and T loath-some in their ways; '" there is none that r do-eth good, no not one.

The Lord looked down from Heaven up- r on the sons of men, * to see if there be any that under- I stand or seek af'-fer God.

They are all gone astray, they are altogether T ren-der-ed use-less; * there is none that I do-eth good, no not one.

, (Their throat is an open sep-ul-chre; t with Jheir tongues have they T spo-ken

de-ceit-ful-ly; * the poison of asps is l' un-der their lip~; ~

With cursing is his mouth filled, and with T bit-ter-ness and de-cei t; * their feet are I swift to shed blood.

0341

Apr. 4 I 17 - Lenten Prime of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

1034

, + f_, ,,* f _ A

Tone 7 I (I I I) .. I [I 8 I ') .. i I I 0 I I 0 • I II I ... • I I • 0 I • 0 = ,,~

Destruction and misery are in their ways; t and the way of T peace have they not known; * there is-no fear of r God be-fore their eves.)

Shall not all they that work iniquity come to f un-der-stand-ing? * They that eat up my people as they ... eat bread have r not call'd up-on ~he Lord.

There T have they f'ear'd with fear; * T ~here there is no fear."" •

For the Lord is in the generation T of the iigh-teous; * the counsel of the poor man have ye shamed, l' but the Lord is His Hope.

Who shall give out of Syon the salvation of Is-ra-el? t When the Lord hath turned back the captivity l' Of His peo..:::'ple, * Jacob shall rejoice and l' Is-ra-el shall be

.... glad. ,," -

Glory be to the T Fath-er; and to the + Son, * and T to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both t now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of

l' a-ges. A-men. I

',I I

Psalm 14

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the [irst hal] of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using t~t same Tone, including the.intonation notes ("Within the first set of brackets therein):

o Lord, who shan abide in Thy l' Tab-er-nac-le, *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse:

and who shall dwell in Thy T Ho-ly

Moun-tain?

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side qj_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

He that l' walk-eth blame-less, * and l' work-eth righ-teous-ness:

i Speak-ing Truth in his heart, '" who hath not spoken de- T ceit-f'ul-lv with his

A ~ .J '"I

tongue. . C$ •

Neither hath done evil T to his neigh-bour, * nor taken up a reproach a- i gainst those near him.

In his sight he that worketh ie-vii is set at nought; * but he glorifieth T them that fear the Lord.

He giveth oath to his neighbour, and f'or-swear-eth not; t he hath not lent his

T mon-ey on u-su-ry, * and hath not received bribes a- T galnst the in-no-cent.

He that l' do-eth these things * shall l' nev-er be sha-ken. "

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the + Son, '" and T to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both i now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of i a-ges. A-men.

Then,

I

• •

I

I



!Ii

I

.: . =

I

I

All repeat: Be-hold a great Priest, who in his days pleas-ed God, and was found

I

I

I II ~

righ-teous.

The Chapter

The Hebdomadary alone chants the following Chapter (Isaias 33: 2):

Now unto the King Eternal, Immortal, Invisible, t the One Only Wise I • • I ; 111 God, be honour and glory * unto the ages of ages. Amen. All respond: J¥. Thanks be to God.

The proper for Terce begins on p . 0 40.

0351

Apr. 4 I 17 - Lenten Prime of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

1035

Psalms for Prime On Friday

,t T _ , .. * 1'_

Tone 7 I [. • .) ... [. B, I) ••• • -. 0 • • D' ••••••••• • D. • 0 ; II i

Psalm 15_-

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the lst Psalm, using-this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets thereinl:

Keep me, 0 Lord, for in Thee have i hoped; t I said unto the" T Lord: "Thou art My Lord; *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the ,Quire completes the verse:

• -: for of my T goods, no need hast Thou."

"'

.... And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), ihe two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

In the Saints that are in His Earth hath the T Lord been won-drous: :;: He hath .

wrought i all His de-sires in them. - (

Their lnf'lrmlt- T ies in-crea-sed; :;: there-up- i on they ha-sten-ed. Ii

I will not assemble their as- i_sem-blies Of blood,:;: nor will I make remembrance of i their names through-my lips.

The Lord is the Portion of mine inherit- i ance and Of my cup; * Thou art He That restorest mine in- T her-It-ance un-to me.

Portions have fallen to me that i are a-mong the best; * for mine inheritance is most T ex-eel-lent to me.

I will bless the Lord Who hath given me i un-der-stand-ing; ;i< moreover, even till night have i my reins in-struc-ted me.

I beheld the Lord T ev-er be-fore me;:;: for He is at my right hand, that I T might not be sha-~n.

Therefore diCi my heart re- T joice and my tongue was glad; * moreover, 'my, T flesh shall dwell in hope.

For Thou wilt not abandon my i soul in Ha-des~ :;: nor wilt, Thou suffer Thy Holy One to i see cor-rup-tion.

Thou hast made known to me the ways Of life, t Thou wilt fill me with gladness r with Thy Coun-ten-ance; :;: delights are in Thy i Right Hand for ev-er.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and l' to the He-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both r now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of l' a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 16:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the [irsi'verse of the 2nd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Heark-en, 0 Lord, l' un-to my righ-teous-ness; *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: attend unto T my sup-plic-a-tldn.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Give i ear un-to my prayer, :;: which cometh T not from de-ceit-ful lips.

From before Thy Face let my i judg-ment come forth; :;: let mine eye be- i hold up-right-ness.

_ Thou h~st proved my heart, Thou hast visited it in the night; t Thou hast T tried me by fi-re; :;: and unrighteous- i ness was not found in miL

That my mouth might not T speak of the works of men; * for the sake of the words of Thy lips have I i kept the ways that are hard.

0361

Apr. 4 I 17 - Lenten Prime of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

1036

'1' _

A

• • • ••• • •• • D, •

o :I "i

Set my i foot-steps in Thy paths, *' that my steps T may not be sha-ken.

I have cried for Thou hast hearkened T un-to me, ° God; *' incline Thine Ear unto me, and T heark-en un-to my words.

Let Thy mercies T be made won-der-ful, *' ° Thou That savest T them that hope in Thee.

From themthat nave resisted Thy T RIght Hand, keep me,"'O.Lord, * as the

i ap-ple of Thine Eye. _." !

In the shelter of Thy T Wings wilt Thou shel-ter me *' from the face of the ungodly i which have op-press-ed me.

Mine enemies have surrounded mv soul, t thev have enclosed them- T selves

with their own fat; *' their T mouth hath spo:-k'l.n pride. ~ <

"'" They that cast me out have i nowen-ctr-cled me; * they have set their eyes to

i look as-kance on the Earth. /'

They have taken me as l)1igJtt a lion i read-y for his prey, *' and as might a I

lion's whelp that i dwel-leth in hi-ding. '~ < ',I

Arise, ° Lord, overtake them and trip their heels; t deliver my i soul <from I,

un-god-Iy men, *' Thy sword from the T en-em-ies of Thy Hand. ,.

~ ° Lord, from Thy few do 1boll separate them T (rom the Earth in the;' .. li fe *' yea, with Thv hidden treasures hath their T bel-tv been fill-ed.

They have satls- i f'Ied them-selves with swine~ *' and have left the i rem-nants to their babes.

But as for me, in righteousness shall I ap- T pear be-fore Thy Face; *' I shall be filled when Thy Glory is made i man-if-est to me.

Glory be to the i Fath-er, and to the ... Son, *' and i to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both T now .and ev-er, *' and unto the ages of i a-ges. A-men.

~

Psalm 17: vv < 1 '- 24

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st portion of the 3rd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein}:

I will love Thee, ° Lord, My Strength; t the Lord is My Foundation, T and My Re-fuge, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire completes the verse,' i and My De-liv-er-er.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

My T God is My Help-er; ;;: and i I will hope in Hi m,

My Defender, and the Horn of i my sal-va-tion- *' i and My Help-er.

Wjth praise will I call up- T on the Name o.f~ the Lord, *' and from mine enem- T ies shall I be saved.

The pangs of i death sur-round-ed me, *' and the torrents of iniquit- T y

sore-Iy trou-bled me. / .

The pangs of i Ha-des en-cir-cied me; *' round about the snares of death T have o-ver-ta-ken me.

And in mine affliction I T call-ed up-on the Lord, *' and T un-to My God I

A

cried;

He heard my voice out of His T Ho-ly Tern-pie; *' and my cry before Him shall i en-ter in-to His Ears.

And the Earth shook and was made to trem-ble; t and the foundations of the mountains were troubled T and were sha-ken, *' because God was T Ang-ry with them.

There went up smoke in His wrath, t and fire from His Counten- T ance set all a-flame; *' coals were i kin-died there-ffnm.

And He bowed the T Heav-ens and came down, *' and thick darkness was r un-der His Feet.

0371

Apr. 4 I 17 - Lenten Prime of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

1037

And He mounted upon T Cher-u-bim and flew; :;. He flew upon the l' wings of the winds.

And He made darkness His hi-ding place, t His Tabernacle l' round a-bout Hi m; :;. dark water in the l' clouds of the air.

From the f'ar-shlning radiance 'T that .. was be-fore Hi m *,,,," there passed by

T clouds, hail and coals of fire. '. !

And the Lord thundered i out of Heav-en, :;. and the i Most High gave forth His Voice.

And He sent forth His T ar-rows, and scat-ter'd them, * and lightnings He multiplied, and i trou-bled them sore-IY .

...

And the well-springs of the T wa-ters were seen, * and the foundations l' Of the

world were re-veal'd, /'

l' At Thy re-buke, 0 ~ord :;. at the on-breathing of the l' spir-it of Thy wrath. ( He sent from on T High, and He took me; * He received me out of T man-y JI

wa-ters. ' I

He will deliver me from mine enemies which are migh-ty, t and l' from them

/' A

that hate me; * for they are l' strong-er-than, I. ,

They overtook me in the day of imine af-flic-tion * and the Lord be- T came my firm sup-port.

And He led me forth i in-to a spa-cious place; * He will deliver me, be- T cause He de-si-red me.

And the Lord will recompense me according T to my righ-teous-nessj:;' and according to the purity of my hands will T He re-com-pense me.

For I have T kept the ways Of the Lord, *' and I have not acted impl- T ous-Iy toward My God.

For all His Judgments T are be-fore me, * and His statutes de- T part-ed not from me.

And I shall be i blame-less with Him,:;' and I shall .keep myself l' from mine

in-i-quit-Y. I

And the Lord will reward me according, T to my righ-teous-ness; * and according to the purity of my l' hands be-fore His Eyes.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the lie Son, * and T to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both l' now and ev-er, * and' unto the ages of l' a-ges. A-men.

Then,

I

• •







. ~







All repeat.' Be-hold a great Priest, who in his days pleas-ed God, and was found

I



righ-teous.

The Chapter

The Hebdomadary alone chants the following Chapter (Isaias 33: 2):

Now unto the King Eternal, Immortal, Invisible, t the One Only Wise I • ..; 111 God, be honour and glory * unto the ages of ages. Amen. All respond:~. Thanks be to God.

The proper for Terce begins on p . 0 40.

0381

Apr. 4 / 17 - Lenten Prime of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

1038

Psalms for Prime On Saturday

Tone 7 I [. • oj ... [.; 0 ~J" 0 • t i 0 • '" ~ i 0 • • "' • • • t; 00 • 0 ; II j

Psalm 1T· vv. 25 - 5F

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd portion of the 1st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

With the ho-ly man T wilt Thou be Ho-ly, * ...

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire 'compl-etes the verse: _

and with the innocent man T wilt Thou be

I

in-no-cent.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's /side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the [ntonation notes), the t~o sides alternating the verses thereafter:

... And with the elect man T wilt Thou be El-ect * and with the per- i verse wilt

Thou be Per-verse. /

For Thou wilt save a T hum-ble peo-ple, * and Thou wilt humble the i €.ves of

the ar-ro-gant. _ , _ ~ (,

, !or Thou wilt T light my lamp, 0 Lord; * My God, Thou wilt en- i light-en my ;1

dark-ness. ' I

For by Thee shall I be delivered f'rom a i host of rob-bers, * and by My God

shall I r leap o-ver a wall. »c-: -: _

, As for My God, blameless is His way; t the words of the Lord are tri-ed i in the fi-re; * Defender is He of i all that hope in Hi m.

For l' Who is God, save the Lord; * and T Who is God, save Our God?

It is God, Who girded i me with pow-er, * and hath i made my path blame-less.

, ... Who maketh my feet T like the feet Of a hart, * and setteth me up- T on high pla-ces,

Who i teach-eth my hands for war, * and Thou madest mine i arms a bow of brass. And Thou gavest me the r shield of sal-va-tion * and Thy Right T Hand hath

up-held me. • :""

And Thine instruction hath corrected me i e-ven un-to the end; * yea, Thine' instruction, the i same will teach me.

Thou hast en- i larg'd my steps un-der me, * and the tracks of my T feet are

not wea-ken'd. I

I shall pursue mfne enemies and I shall T o-ver-take them, * and I shall not T turn back un-til they fail.

I shall great!>.' afflict them and they shall not be i a-ble to stand; * they shall

T fall un-der my feet. .

For Thou hast girded me with i pow-er for" war; * in subjection under me hast Thou bound the feet of all them that i rose up a-gains!" me.

And Thou hast made mine enemies turn their T back be-fore me, * and them that hate me hast Thou i ut-ter-ly des-trdy'd.

They cried, and there was no saviour- i e-ven to the Lord, * and He

r... ./ A .;

I heark-en-ed not to them. ' ~

And I will grind them fine as dust be- i fore the face Of the wind; * I will trample them T down as mud in the streets.

Deliver me from the gain-saying i Of the. pea-pie; * Thou wilt set me at the t head of na-tions.

A people which I i knew not hath serv-ed me; * no sooner than their ear had i heard, they o-bey-ed me.

Sons that are strangers have lied un-to me; t sons that are T strang-ers have grown Old, * and they have i llrnp'd a-way from their paths.

The Lord liveth, and T Bless-ed is My God; * and let the God of my salvation r be Ex-al-ted.

o God, Who givest avengement unto me, and hast subdued i peo-ples un-der

me, * 0 My Deliverer from enemies which are T prone to ang-~r, ~

From them that arise up against i me wilt Thou lift me high; * from the

unrighteous i man de-liv-er me. ,

For thjs cause will I confess Thee among the i nil-lions, 0 Lord; * and un- T to Thy Name will I chant.

0391

Apr. 4/17 - Lenten Prime of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

1039

t l' A *

Tone 7 I (. • .) ••• [. ~ • I) ••• • i 0 • • 0 • I

l' _

• . • ••. • •. · o. •

A

o ; II'

It is he that magnifieth the salvation of His king, t and worketh mercy for His a- T nolnt-ed, for Da-vid, * and for his seed i un-to e-ter-ni-ty.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and T to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it ,!,as in the beginning, both i now and ev-er, * and unto the ages. of i a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 18:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

The Heav-ens declare the r Glor-y Of God, *

Then, on~y tke 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

and the firmament proclalmeth the i work of

His Hands. /'

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next- verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: _

, lJay unto day J pour-eth forth speech, * and night unto night pro- T claim-eth

know-ledge. ._

There T are no tongues nor words ~ -in which their i voic-es are not heard. I Their sound hath gone i forth in-to all the Earth, * and their words un- T to the

ends Of the world. -

In the Sun hath He set His i Tab-er-nac-le, * and He, like a bridegroom, coming T forth from his cham-ber,

Will rejoice like a i gi -ant to run his course; '" from the outermost border of Heaven T is His go-ing forth,

_ And His goal is unto the outermost i part of Heav-en, * and there shalJ no man

T hide him-self from His heat. .

The law of the Lord is i b!ame-Iess, .con-ver-ting souls; * the testimony of the

Lord is trustworthy, bringing T Wis-dom to in-fants. ,

The statutes.r'of the Lord are upright, i glad-den-ing the heart; '" the, commandment of the Lord is far-shining, en- r Iight-en-ing the eyes.

The fear of the Lord is pure, enduring for T ev-er and ev-er; * the judgments

of the Lord are true, al-to- i geth-er jus-tif-ied, ' I

More to be desired than i gold and much pre-cious stone, * and sweeter than honey i and the hon-ey-comb.

A Yea, for Thy T ser-vant keep-eth them; '" in keeping T them there is much

re-ward. .

As for transgressions, who will understand them? t From my T se-cret sins cleanse me, '" and from those of others i spare Thy ser-vant.

If they have not domlnlon over me, then i blame-less shall I be, '" and I shall be T clean-sed from great sin.

And the sayings of my mouth shall be un- T to Thy good pleas-ure, '" and the

meditation of my heart shall be be- i fore Thee for ev-&r." o T Lord, My Help-er, * i and Re-deem-er.

Glory be to the i Fath-er, and to the + Son, '" and i to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both i now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of T a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 19:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

The Lord hear thee in the i day of af-flic-tion; *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse:

the Name of the God of i Ja-cob de-fend thee.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Let Him send forth unto thee help from His i Sanc-tu-ar-y, *' and out Syon i let Him help thee.

040 I

Apr. 4 J 17 - Lenten Terce of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

1040

... T 1'_ ~ .... *

~ I~ , 0 ,

Tone 7 (continued) I I I I t I 8 'j 'I' I I 0 ' I I • • •• I I I I ' 0 I , 0 ~ II H

Let Him remember every 1 sac-rif-Ice of thine:;' and thy whole-burnt offering

i let Him fat-ten. ~

The Lord grant thee ac- 1 cor-ding to thy heart, * and f'ul- 1 fil all thy

pur-poses. ~

We will rejoice jn,,1 Thy sal-va-tion, * and in the Name of the Lord Our God

1 shall we be mag-nif-fed, " ~'. , ~ •

The Lord, f'ul- 1 fil all thy re-quests; * now have I known that the Lord hath i saved His an-oin-ted one.

He will hearken unto him out of His i Ho-ly Heav-en; * in mighty deeds is the

salvation 1 Of His Right Hand. .

Some .. trust in chariots, and .i some in hor-ses; * but we will call upon the "'I Name of the Lord Our God.

A They have been fettered' i and have fall-en;:;' but we are risen 1 and are set

up-right~ _

1 0 Lord, save the king, * and hearken unto us in the day when 1 we call up-on .~

Theil. , . ~'

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the.1t Son, * and T to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both. r now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

l' _

Then,

I

, ,

,

I





I'i

,

, ~

I

All repeat: Be-hold a great Priest, who in his days pleas-ed God, and was found

I

I

• II ~

righ-teous.

The Chapter

The Hebdomadary alone chants the following Chapter (Isaias 33: 2):

Now unto the King Eternal, Immortal, Invisible, t the One Only Wise tl::;::# ~'!::::===i,;:'=:;::, =;;41~11

God, be honour and glory * unto the ages of ages. Amen. All respond: IV. Thanks be to God.

TERCE

The Psalms

The 1st Cantor alone

1

". ~ Ii III

; ,

All continue the Antiphon as follows.'

,

~.,. I~

,

I ~

begins chanting this Antiphon: Hail, glor-i-ous Prel-ate ..





,

,

~ 1111

1'1

guide us to Heav-en while look-ing down up-on the Earth, where-fore we re- joice

1

,



,



,

Hail, star now a-dorn-Ing the Heav-ens, Am-brose,

;

;.,

,

,

,



,

~ ,,..

,..



... .

I II ~

,

; tri-umph-ant, ven-er-a - ting thee as our pa-tron.

N.B. When this Feast falls on a Sunday in Lent or Passiontide , it is

transferred to the next day (Monday), On a Monday only, Terce continues as here given, but on a Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, or Saturday with the Psalms as given on pp. 043 - 0 44.

0411

Apr. 4 I 17 - Lenten Terce of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

1041

Tone 8

•••••• I ••

..i. ~ :-.-."

•• • • • 111

Psalm 118, vv. 105 -.112:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 14th portion of the 1st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Thy law is a lamp-un-to i my feet. * ..

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quir'e -completes the verse: and a light t un-to my paths.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

, I have sworn and re- i sol-yed * that I will keep the judgments t Of Thy

... righ-teous-ness.

I was humbled ex-ceed=ing-ly, T 6 Lord; * quicken me ac-cord- 1 ing to Thy Word.

The free-will offerings of my mouth be Thou Lord, * and teach 1 me Thy judg-ments. _

My soul is in Thy Hands con-tin-u- T al-Iy, * and Thy law have I t not

for-got-ten. _ -: / I

Sinners have set a i snare for me, * yet from Thy commandment 1 have I not strayed.

I have inherited Thy testi-mon-ies for i ev-er, * for they are the re- 1 jcic-lng Of my heart.

I have inclined my heart to perform Thy stat-utes for i ev-er * 1 for a

re-com-pense. .

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the If- Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of t a-ges. A-men~ : ....

now Pleased to re- i ceive, 0 ; I

Psalm 118, vv. 113 - 120:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 15th portion of the lst Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Trans-gres-sors have I i ha-ted, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse: but 1 Thy law have I lOved.,

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

My Helper and My Pro-tec-tor T art Thou; * on Thy words 1 have I set my

hope.

Depart from me, ye e-vil- T do-ers, * "and I will search out the

com- 1 mand-ments Of My God. _ ,

UPHOLD ME ACCORDING TO THY SAY-ING AND i QUICK-EN ME, * AND TURN ME NOT AWAY IN SHAME FROM MINE 1 EX-PEC-TA-TION.

Help me, and I shall be T sa-ved; * and I will meditate on Thy sta- 1 tutes con-tin-u'l-Iy.

Thou hast set at nought all that de-part from Thy i stat-utes, * for unrighteous 1 is their in-ward thought.

I have reckoned as transgressors all the sin-ners T of the Earth, * therefore have I loved Thv 1 tes-tim-o-nies.

Nail down my flesh with the T fear of Thee, * for of Thy judg- 1 ments am i a-fraid.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the If- Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

0421

Apr. 4 J 17 - Lenten Terce of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

1042

Tone 8 I [0 0 oJ III [0: 0 T'j''' 0 'i , 0 i

Psalm 118, vv. 121 - 128.·

J, ~ . . . ... . .. .'

• • • II ~

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 16th portion of the 1st Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

I have wrought jii .. dg-ment and T righ-teous-ness; * .

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Qj_ the Quir.e.co.mp~etes the verse."

o give me not up to J them that wrong me.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Receive Thy ser-vant i un-to good, * let not the proud false- J Iy ac-cuse me.

.... Mine eyes have failed with waiting for Thy sal- T va-tlon, * and for the word

, »"

L of Thy righ-teous-ness. .

Deal with Thy servant according to Thy i mer-cy, * and teach t me Thy ,/

stat-utes. "I

i am Thy T ser-vant; * give me. understanding, and I shall know Thy

1. tes-tim-o-nles. /"'

It is time for the T Lord to act; /* for they J have dis-pers'd Thy law.

Therefore have I loved Thy com- T mand-ments * more than 1. gold and to-paz. Therefore I directed myself according to all Thy com- T mand-ments: * every

way that is unrighteous 1. have I ha-ted.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the It Son, * and 1. to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of

1. a-ges. A-men. m



~... I~

',:2j

Then, ' ••. ~ ,}f\ ,..

; .







tl •

All repeat: Hail, glor-i-ous Prel-ate! Hail, star now a-dorn-ing the Heav-ens, Am-brose,

F" ~ • I ~

...,.. :; ~.. • •• • •• i ,.. • tI.,..

1'1 where-fore we re- joice

guide us to Heav-en while look-ing down up-on the Earth,

I tl • I. ~ .,,!\ ....... 111 ~

:;

tri-umph-ant, ven-er-a - ting thee as our pa-tron.

The Chapter and the Versicle

Then the Hebdomadary alone chants the following Chapter (Eccius . 14: 22; 15: 2) according to the Tone given for Monday Terce in the PS'IJter:

Blessed is the man that doth go after Wisdom as one that traceth, and doth lie in

wait in Its ways; t with the Bread of Understanding shall It feed I • '.:; 111 him, * and give him the water of Wisdom to drink. All respond: ~. Thanks be to God. y. The Lord directed the righteous in the right paths.

W. And shewed him the Kingdom of God.

The Collect

o God, Thou That makest us joyful by the annual Solemnity of Thy blessed confessor and Bishop Ambrose, grant we beseech Thee that he may be proven to be for us an intercessor, who hath been shewn to be a prociaimer of Thy Name. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. ~. Amen.

The proper for Sext begins on p . 044.

0431

Apr. 4/ 17 - Lenten Terce of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

1043

Psalms for Terce on Tuesday. Wednesdav. Thursdav, Friday, or Saturday

, t f ,:1< L~ ~ A

Tone 8 I [. • .] ••• (. o. I) •••• '". I • • • ••• • •• .....,,~

Psalm 119:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Un-to the Lord in mine affliction have I T cri-ed, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes ~he verse: "' .• J, and He heard me.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides, alternating, the verses thereafter:

o Lord, deliver my soul from un:; i righ-teous lips * and J, from a craf-ty tongue. What shall be giv-en T un-to thee?:I< And what shall be added unto thee J, for

.... thy craf-ty tongue? ,,,

The arrows Of the i Might:"'y One, * sharpened with coals J, of the des-ert.

Woe is me, for my sojriurning is pro-Iong'd; t I have tented with the tent-lugs

of T Ked-ar; 01< my soul hath long J, been a so- jour-ncr. . I

With jhem that hate peace I was T peace-a-ble; * when I spake unto them, they ',I

warred a-gainst J, me with-out a cause. I,

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the·1o}I Son, :I< and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As,it was in the beginning, both' <now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of

J, a-ges. A-men. -

Psalm 120:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes {within the f ir ~t set of brackets therein}:

I have lift-ed up mine eyes to the T moun-tal ns *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side el: the Quire completes the verse: A from whence J, com-eth my help.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire chants the entire next verse

{omitting the intonation notes}, the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

My help com...cth T from the Lord, * Who hath made J, Heav-en and the Earth,. Give not thy foot un-to i mov-ing, * and may He not sIiim- J, ber That keep-eth thee, , Behold, He shall not slum-ber nor T shall He sleep, * He That J, keep-eth Is-ra-el. The Lord shall T keep thee; * the Lord is Thy Shelter J, at thy right hand.

The Sun shall not burn thee i by day) * J nor the 11100n by night.

The Lord shall keep thee from all 1 e-vi I; * the J, Lord shall guard thy soul.

Th':, LordsAhallkeep thy coming in and thy T go-ing out, * from henceforth l. and for ev-er-more.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the Io}I Son, * arid']' to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and' unto the ages of L a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 121:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein}:

I was glad because of them that said i un-to me: J' ..

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse: , A

-rrLet us go in-to J, the House of the Lord."

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternatin$ the verses thereafter:

Our feet T have stood * in thy courts, J, 0 Jer-u-sal-em.

Jerusalem is builded as a T Cit-y, * which its dwellers J, share in con-cord.

For there the tribes went up, the tribes T Of the Lord * as a testimony for

Isra-el, to give thanks to J, the Name Of the Lord. A

For there are set thrones un-to T judg-ment, :I< thrones over the J, House of Da-vid. Ask now for the things which are for the peace of Jer- T ti-sal-em, :I< and for

the prosperity of J, them that love thee. _

Let peace be now i in thy strength, * and prosperity J, in thy pal-a-ces.

For the sake of my brethren and my T neigh-bours :I< I spake J, peace con-cer-ning thee. Because of the House of the T Lord Our God * I have J, sought good things for thee. Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the Io}I Son, * and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of J, a-ges. A-men.

0441

Apr. 4 I 17 - Lenten Sext of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

1044

Th I... III ~ I

en, ,. • I III I I I I I _

All repeat: Hail, glor-i-ous Prel-ate! Hail, star now a-dorn-ing the Heav-ens, Am-brose,

F", ~ I I

... III I I.. I I I I I I III I ;II I III

I

~ •• I 1 ~

I 1 ~

guide us to Heav-en while look-ing down up-on the Earth,

I ~ I I I = I", I3i I I ... I I 111

=

tri-umph-ant, ven-er-a .. - ting thee as our pa-tron.

~

The Chapter and the Versicle

III where-fore we re- joice

Then the Hebdomadary alone chants the following Chapter (Ecclus_ 14: 22; 15: 2) according to the Tone given for Tuesday Terce in the Psalter:

Blessed is .. the man that doth go after Wisdom as one that traceth, and doth lie in

... wait in Its ways; t with the Bl)ad of Understanding shall It feed I I I I = 111

him, * and give him the water of Wisdom to drink. All respond: ~. Thanks be to God. .

I

~T ',I

!,_. The Lord directed the righteous in the right paths. r

W. And shewed him the Kingdom of_God. I

The 'Collect

o God, Thou That makest us joyful by the annual Solemnity of Thy blessed confessor and Bishop Ambrose, grant, we beseech Thee, that he may be proven to be for us an intercessor, who hath been shewn to be a proclaimer of Thy Name. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. ~. Amen.

The Psalms

The 1st Cantor alone begins chanting this Antiphon:

All ~1-------------lT"""-:II.

I I I I I • ~.. III I ...

I

I

I



I

A wise and faith-ful ser-vant,

• Whom the Lord made Ru-ler o-ver His House-hold.

respond:

N_B_ When this Feast falls on a Sunday in Lent or Passiontide , it is

transferred to the next day (Monday). On a Monday only, Sext continues as here given, but on a Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, or Saturday with the Psalms as given on pp . 0 46 - 0 47_

t r ~~*

Tone 3 I [I I I] .. I [I: I I] ... liD ID. • 1 I, I

I 1.1 I I •

• • 0 • 111

Psalm 118, vv. 129 - 136:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 17th portion of the 1st Psalm, using this Tone, including the inionaiion notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Won-der-ful are Thy r tes-tim-o-nies; *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:, A

therefore hath my t soul search'd them out.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

The unfolding of Thy T words will glve Llght * and under-stand- 1 ing un-to babes. I opened my T mouth and drew in my breath, * for I longed for Thy t com-mand-ments.

Look upon me and have T mer-cy on me, * according to the judgment of them

1 that love Thy Name. ~

_ My steps do Thou direct according T to Thy say-ing, * and let no iniquity have do-min- 1 ion o-ver me.

0451

Apr. 4 I 17 - Lenten Sext of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

1045

t f _ ~~* ,J.. ..... , A

Tone 3 If. • .) ••• f·:. 1)..... • 9 • g. • I • • • ••• • •• .' 9 •

~ ~ ~ ~. ,,~

Deliver me from the false accu- i sa-tion of men,:;: and I will keep Thy t com-mand-ments.

Make Thy Face to shine up- T on Thy ser-vant, ;\< and teach me t Thy stat-utes. Mine Eyes have poured forth T streams of wat-ers, :;: be-cause I 1 kept not Thy law.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the + Son, ;\< and to t the HQ.,-Iy Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both T now and, ev-er, '" and unto the ages of a- t ges. A-men.

Psalm 118, vv. 137 - 144.'

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 18th portion of the """ lst Psalm, using the same Tone, induding the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Righ-teous T art Thou, 0 Lord, :;:

Then, only the 1st Cantor's/side ei. the Quire completes the ver~e: and upright are t Thy judg-ments.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse ,~

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: t

Thou hast ordained as Thv T tes-tim-o-ntes :;: exceeding righ- t teous-ness and Truth. I My zeal for Thee hath f made me-to pine a-way, '" because mine enemies have

for-got- 1 ten Thy words. -

A Thine oracle is tried with fire i to the ut-ter-most, :;: and Thy ser-vant t hath loved it.

I am young and ac- T count-ed as noth-fng,;\< yet Thy statutes have i not

1 for-got-ten. ,

Thy righteousness is an ever- t las-ting righ-teous-ness, * and 1 Thy law is Truth. Tribulations and necessi- T ties have found me, :;: Thy commandments are my

med- t it-a-tidn. .

,Thy testimonles are righ-teous- T ness for ev-er; * give me under-stand-ing 1 and I shall Ii ve. __

Glory beto the T Fath-er, and to the + Son, :;: and to t the Ho-ly Ghost. '.

As jt was in the beginning, both i now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- 1 ges. A-men.

Psalm 118, vv. 145 - 152: I

The 1stCantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 19th portion of the lst Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein).

I have cri-ed T with mv whole heart: :;: .

Then, only the 1st Canto/'s side gf_ the Quire completes the verse: " A

'Hear me, 0 Lord, and I will seek af-ter 1 Thy stat-utes."

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: A

I have cri-ed i un-to Thee: "Save me;,,'" and I will keep Thy His- 1 tim-fi-ntes."

I arose in the dead of T night and I _cri-ed; '" on Thy. words have t I set my l!Ppe. Mine eyes woke be- T fore the morn-ing :;: that I migfit meditate on 1 Thy say-ings. Hear my, voice, 0 Lord, according i to Thy mer-cy; * according to Thy

judg- 1 ment, quick-en me.

They have drawn nigh that lawlesslv T per-see-ute me, :;: but from Thy law are

1 they far re-moved. J.

T Near art Thou, 0 Lord, :;: and all 1 Thy ways are Truth. ~

From the beginning I have known from Thy i tes-tim-o-nies * that Thou hast founded them J, for ev-er.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both T now and ev-er, '" and unto the ages of a- 1 ges. A-men.

Then All repeat

• I i A wise and faith-ful ser-vant, whom the Lord made Ru-ler

cl ~~~~~11

=-. ~.. 11'1 • • ..



















this Antiphon:

o-ver His House-hold.

0461

Apr. 4 J 17 - Lenten Sext of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

1046

The Chapter and the Versicle

Then the Hebdomadary alone chants the following Chapter (Ecclus . 31: 8, 11) according to the Tone given for Monday Sext in the Psalter:

Blessed is the !ich man that is found without blemish, and hath not gone after

gold. t His good deeds shall be established in the Lord, * and his I, '. ~ 111 mercies shall be declared"in the Church of the Saints. All respond: ~ .... Thanks be to God •

. ' ~

y. The Lord hath loved him and adorned him. ~. He clothed him with a robe of glory.

/'

..

. The Collect

/'

Be Present, 0 Lord unto our prayers, which we offer in commemoration of

St. Ambrose, Thy confessor and Bishop, that we, who do not have the assurance of .I our righteousness, may be assisted by the deeds of him who hath been pleasing unto ~' Thee. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. ~. Amen.

The proper for None begins on p . 0 48.

Psalms for Sext on Tuesday, Wednesday. Thursday. Friday, and Saturday

I ( .~ '" r'g, '1,'" 'g,g"'1

Tone 3 l' '~ ~ ~ :

, , , ". , , ,

, 9

,

Psalm 122:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the lst Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Un-to Thee have I 1 lif-ted up mine eyes *

Then, only the 1 sf Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse:

unto Thee that dwell-est 1 in Heav-en.

And then, oni y the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the QULre chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Behold, as the 1 eyes of ser-vants * look unto the hands of 1 !heir mas-ters.

As the eyes of the handmaid look unto theT hands of her mis-tress, * so do our

eyes look unto the Lord Our God, until He take pit- t Y on us. _

Have mercy on us, 0 Lord, have t mer-cy on us; * for greatly are we fill'd

with 1 a-base-ment. ~

Greatly hath our 1 soul been fill'd there-with; * let reproach come upon them that prosper, and a-base- T ment on the proud.

Glory be to the 1 Fath-er, and to the It Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both t now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- l' ges. A-men.

Psalm 123.-

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

"Had it not been that the Lord was with us," let 1 Is-ra-el now say: *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: ,

"Had it not been that the Lord 1 was with us, And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), thetwo sides alternating the verses thereafter: ~

"When men 1 rose up a-gainst us, * then had they swal-low'd 1 us up a-live.

0471

Apr. 4 I 17 - Lenten Sext of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

1047

Tone 3

, T l' _

I (, ' ') "' (' = 'l"' ,

, , ... , ...

• • 8 • II

~

"When their wrath raged a- i gainst us * then had the water 0- ~ ver-whelm-ed us. "Our soul hath T pass'd through a tor-rent, * then had our soul passed through

the water that is i r- ~ res-Is-tib-le.

"Bless-ed be the Lord Who T hath not giv-en us * to be a prey ~ to their teeth:

"Our soul like a sparrow l' was de-Iiv-er-ed j out of the snareeof'! the hun-ters, "The snare is J bro-ken, * and we are ~ ae-l·iv-er-ed.

"Our help is i in the Name Of the Lord * Who hath made Heav- ~ en and the Earth." Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the It Son, * and to ~ the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both "l now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- ~ ges. A-men,.

"'"

Psalm 124.- /

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using the

same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the, first set of brackets therein): (

They that trust in the Lord shall l' be as Mount Sy-on; * I

Then, only the bid Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: I

he that dwelleth at Jerusalem, nevermore

»<

shall he ~ be sha-ken.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Mountains are round about her, t and the Lord is round a- i bout His peo-ple * from henceforth and ~ for ev-er-more.

, For the Lord will not permit the rod of sinners to be upon the i lot of the

righ-teous, * lest the righteous stretch forth their hands un-to ~ ln-l-quit-Ies.

Do good, 0 Lord, i un-to them that are goed '" and un-to the ~ up-right of heart. But them .that turn aside unto crook-ed ways shall the Lord lead away with the workers i Of in-i-quit-y; * peace be up- ~ on Is-ra-el.

Glory be to tIie T Fath-er, and to the It Son, * and to ~ the Hti-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both T now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- ~ ges. A-men.

Then All repeat this Antiphon:

= ~



A wise and faith-ful ser-vant, whom the Lord made Ru-ler

111

,

,





,

,







• '.. III , •

o-ver His House-hold.

The Chapter and the Versicle

Then the Hebdomadary alone chants the following Chapter (Ecclus . 31: 8, 11) according to the Tone given for Tuesday Sext in the Psalter:

Blessed is the rich man that is found without blemish, and hath not gone after

gold. t His good deeds shall be established in the Lord, * and his I· '.; 111 mercies shall be declared in the Church of the Saints. All respond: ~. Thanks be to God.

y. The Lord hath loved him and adorned him.

~. He clothed him with a robe of glory.

The Collect

Be Present, 0 Lord unto our prayers, which we offer in commemoration of St. Ambrose, Thy confessor and Bishop, that we, who do not have the assurance of our righteousness, may be assisted by the deeds of him who hath been pleasing unto Thee. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. ~. Amen.

0481

Apr. 4 / 17 - Lenten None of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

1048

NONE

The 1 st Cantor alone begins chanting this Antiphon.

I

I



I



I I

Good and faith-ful ser-vant.

I

I

I

= I

I I

All respond:

En-ter thou in-to the joy of Thy Lord.

",.

N.B. When this Feast falls on a Sunday! in Lent or Passion tide s it is

transferred to the next day (Monday). On a Monday only, None continues as here given, but on a Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, or Saturday with the Psalms as given on pp. 0 50 - 0 52.

.. ,t 1"_ ~A* J..v, A

Tone 3 I (I I I] I I' [':.' .1] I ill I .' B • B I • I I I I I.. I •• I' B I "i

Psalm 118, vv. 153 - 160:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 20th portion of the ,I lst Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein): ;I

Be-hold my humili- T a-tion and res-cue me, * I

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. 0e'Quire completes the verse: I,

,- for Thy law have I not j, for-got-ten.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Judge my T cause and re-deem me; * for Thy Word's 1 sake quick-en rne.

Far from sinners i is sal-va-tion, * f'or they have not sought af-ter 1 Thy stat-utes.

/ Thy cornpassions are i man-y, 0 Lord; * according to Thy judg- 1 ment

quick-en me, /'

Manyare they that persecute T me and af-flict me: * frorn Thy testirnonies have J, I not de-eli ned.

I beheld rneQ.,.acting foolishly i and I pined a-way, * because they kept ,not

1 Thy say-Ings.: ~ .,' ,

Behold, how I have loved Thy com- T mand-rnents, 0 Lord; * in Thy mer- J, cy, quick-en rne.

The beginning i Of Thy words is Truth, * and all the judgments of Thy righteousness en-dure j, for ev-er.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both T now and. ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- 1 ges. A-men.

Psalm 118, vv. 161 - 168: .

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 21th portion of the 1st Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Prin-ces have persecuted T me with-out a cause, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes "the verse:

and becaus~ of Thy words my heart j, hath

been a-fraid.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the t~o sides alternating Jhe verses thereafter.

I will re- T joice in Thy say-ings * as one that find- 1 eth great spoil. Unrighteousness have I i ha-ted am! ab-horr'd, * but Thy j, law have I loved.

, Seven tirnes a l' day have I prais-ed Thee * for the judgments Of 1 Thy

righ-teous-ness. _

Much peace have i they that love Thy law, * and for them there is 1 no

stum-bhng-bldck, ,

I awaited Thy sal- r va-tion, 0 Lord, ~ and Thy com-mand- J. rnents have I loved. My soul hath kept Thy i tes-tim-o-nies * and hath loved !hem J, ex-ceed-Ing-Iy. I have kept Thy commandments and Thy T tes-tlm-o-nles, * for all rny ways

are be-fore J. Thee, 0 Lord.

Glory be to the i Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost. ,

As it was in the beginning, both t now and ev--er, * and unto the ages of a- j, ges, A-men.

0491

Apr. 4 I 17 - Lenten None of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D .

1049

Tone 3

• I •••••• I

• • g • "I

Psalm 118, vv. 169 - 176:

The 1st Cantor altme chants the first half of the first verse of the 22th portion of the 1st Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Let my sup-plication draw nigh be- l' fore Thee, 6 Lord; * "

Then, only the 1st C ;ntor' s side ei. the Quire r:olJ'lplftes the verse." •

according to Thine oracle give me

1 un-der-stan-ding.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the sntonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

.,. Let my petition corne be- l' fore Thee, 6 Lord; * according to Thine o-ra-cle

I d I~" /'

W e- tv -er me.

My l' lips shall pour forth a hymn * when Thou hast taught me 1 Thv stat-utes. (

, My tongue shall r speak of Thy say-Ings, * for all Thy com-mand~ments1 are )f

righ-teous-ness. ' I

Let Thy T Hand be for sa-ving me; * for I ha!e chosen Thy 1 com-mand-ments.

I have longed for Thy sal-: i va-tion, 0 Lord, * and Thy law is my med- 1 it-a-tldn.

My soul shall T live and shall praise Thee, * and Thy judg-ments 1 will help me. I have gone astray like a r sheep that is lost: * 0 seek Thy servant, for I have not forgotten Thy 1 com-mand-ments.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and to 1 the Ho-Iy Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both T now .and ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- 1 ges. A-men.

I. :~



Then,











I •







111

All repeat:

Good and faith-ful ser-vant, en-ter thou in-to the joy of Thy Lord.

I

The Chapter and the Versicle

Then the Hebdomadary alone chants the following Chapter

[Prov . 10: 6; Ecclus . 44: 26,27; 45: 2) according to the Tone given <for Monday None in the Psalter:

Blessings are upon the head of the just one, so -the Lord gave him an heritage, and divided his portions; t among the Twelve Tribes did He part them; and He brought out of him a merciful man, which found favour in the sight of all flesh; * He

made him like unto the glorious Saints, and magnified hlrn; so that I • '. I 111

his enemies stood in fear of him.

All respond: ~. Thanks be to God.

y. The righteous man shall flourish like a palm tree. ~. And like a cedar in Lebanon shall he be multiplied.

The Collect

Protect us by the safeguarding of St. Ambrose, Thy confessor and Bishop, we beseech Thee, 0 Lord, that we may ever be assisted by his intercessions. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and relgneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. ~. Amen.

The proper for Second Vespers begins on p . 0 52.

050 I

Apr. 4/17 - Lenten None of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

1050

Psalms for None on Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, and Saturday

,t 1'_ :"""""A* J,v, A

Tone 3 I (, • .) '" [, 0 , 1]"" • 8 , 8. ' I • , • ,.. • ., .' G • II ~

Psalm 125:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

When the Lord turn-ed again the daptivlt- r y o~ SY-(')D, * "'-

Then. only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

we became as men that 1 are com-for-ted.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's <side ei: the Quire chants the entire. next verse ,( omitting the I.nto~ation notes), thetwo sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Then T was our mouth fiil'd with joy, * and our tongue with 1 re- joic-i ng.

Then shall they say a- T mdng the na-tions. * "The Lord hath done great I

1 things un-to them." jI

The Lord hath done T great things a-mong us, * and we are 1 be-come glad.

Turn again, 0 T Lord, our cap-!iY'::::.it-y * like 1 streams in the south.

l' They that sow with tears * shall reap with 1 re- jolc-ing.

In their going T they went, and they wept * as 1 they cast their seeds.

But in their coming shall they r come with re- jolc-Ing, * bear- 1 ing their sheaves.

Glory be to the i Fath-er, and to the + Son.' * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both r now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of

a- J._ ges. A-mell.

Psalm 126:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2~d Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Ex- r cept the Lord build the house, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

in vain do they la-bour 1 that build it.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Except the T Lord guard the cit-y, * in vain dothhe watch J._ that guard-eth her. It is vain for T you to rise at dawn. * Ye that eat the bread of sorrow, rouse your-selves af- 1 ter rest-Ing,

When He hath given sleep T to His be-lov-ed; * 10, sons are the heritage of the Lord, the reward Of the t fruit of the womb.

Like arrows in the i hand of a might-y man, * so are the sons of them that 1 were out-casts.

Bless-ed is he that shall fulfil his de- i si-res with them, * they shall not be put to shame when they speak to their en-em- 1 les in the gates.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both T now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- ,), ges. A-men.

0511

Apr. 4 J 17 - Lenten None of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.

1051

Tone 3

A

I I I III I I I

I I C I "I

Psalm 127:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using the same Tone. including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein):

B1ess-ed are i all they that fear the Lord~ * .....

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire 'comp{etes the verse: that walk 1 in His ways.

And then. only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the 'intonation notes), the twe sides alternating the verses thereafter:

, - . .

Thou shalt eat the T fruit of thy la-bours; * bless-ed art thou, and well shall l. it

be with thed,

Thy wife shall T be as a fruit-ful vine * on the J., sides Of thy house, Thy i sons like young ol-ive trees * round a-bout 1 thy ta-ble. Behold, so shall the i man be bless-ed :I< that fear- 1 eth the Lord.

I

~!

The Lord bless thee T out of Sy-on * and mayest thou see the good things of

Jerusalem all the L days Of thy life.

And mayest thou see thy i chil-dren's chil-dren; * peace be up- 1 on Is-ra-el. Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the"" Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both T now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of

a- t ges. A-men.

Then, All repeat:

I •







:I I

• I

Good and faith-ful ser-vant, en-ter thou in-to the joy of Thy Lord.

The Chapter and the Versicle

Then the Hebdomadary alone chants the following Chapter

(Prov : 10: 6; Ecclus . 44: 26,27; 45: 2) according to the Tone given 'for Tuesday None in the Psalter:

Blessings are upon the head of the just one, so 'the Lord gave him an heritage, and divided his portions; t among the Twelve Tribes did He part them; and He brought out of him a merciful man, which found favour in the sight of all flesh; * He

made him like unto the glorious Saints, and magnified him: so that I • I I ;; 111

his enemies stood in fear of him.

All respond: W. Thanks be to God.

y. The righteous man shall flourish like a palm tree. W. And like a cedar in Lebanon shall he be multiplied.

The Collect

Protect us by the safeguarding of St. Ambrose, Thy confessor and Bishop, we beseech Thee, 0 Lord, that we may ever be assisted by his intercessions. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. W. Amen.

o 52 I Apr. 4 / 17 - Lenten Second Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, D.C.D. I 0 52 SECOND VESPERS

The Psalms

T hen the 1st Cantor alone

• •

~ .



begins chanting the 1st Antiphon"n The seep-tre of thy pow-er. . ~. ~ ..

- I

~. --

~ rII.

of thine en-em-ies.

All respond:

II ~

• !Ii t

.. !II ;

Shall the: Lord send out of Sy-on, to ... rule in the midst

; .

Tone 1 • [I •• ]

•••

•••••••••

'. ; o~

Psalm 109:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the l st Psal~ using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein): _ r The Lord said un-to ~ My Lord: * ,

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side qL.tfte Quire completes the verse:

"Sit Thou ~ at My Right Hand,

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

"Until I make Thine en- J, em-I es '" the Foot- ~ stool of Thy Feet.

"A sceptre of power shall the Lord send unto Thee out of ~ S§-on; * rule Thou in the midst ~ of Thine en-em-res.

"With Thee is dominion in the day of Thy power, in the splen-dour Of 1 Thy

~ ~ ,

Saints; * from the womb before the morning star have ~ I be-got-ten Thei1."

The Lord hath sworn and will not ~ re-pent: * "Thou art a Priest for ever,

after the or-der J, Of Mel-chis-ed-ek." ,

,,; ,

The Lord at Thy ~ Right Hand ;I< hath broken kings in the ~ day of His wrath.

He shall judge among the nations, He shall fill them with dead ~ bod-Ies; ;I< He

shall crush the heads of man- 1 y up-on the Earth.

He shall drink of the brook in ~ the way; * therefore shall J" He lift up His Head. Glory be to the Fath-er, and to l the + Son, * and ~ to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and l ev-er, '" and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

, 0

Then, • ~ ••

~ .

~ I ~

~··II· ~. ~ .

•• ;. "~!II;

shall the Lord send out of Sy-on, to rule in the midst

All repeat: The scep-tre of thy pow-er

E

I PIoII;' !Ii • II ~

of thine en-em-ies.

The 2nd Cantor alone begins chanting the 2nd Antiphon:



• •



. ~



I I

Migh-ty up-on the Earth.

I •

• !Ii ~ •• I • •

• •



• •



All respond:

Shall be His seed; the gen-er-a-tion of the









up-right shall be bless-ed.

o 53 [ Apr. 4/17 - Lenten Second Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. [0 53

T l'

; f') ... f·' I).... j

Tone 8 E" ~ ~ g. ~.

A *

El •

/

_ A

•••••• I ••

.' • • • II ~

Psalm 111:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using this same Tone I including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Bless-ed is the mall that f'ear-eth T. the Lord; *' ...

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire' completes the verse:

in His commandments shall he 1 great-ly

de-light.

And then , only the 1st Cantor's side Q[_ the Quire chants the entire' next verse '%

(omitting the intonation notes), thetwo sides alternating the verses thereafter: /

His seed shall be migh-ty up- T on the Earth; *' the generation of the upright

1 shall be bless-ed. "-

Glory and riches shall be i in his house, * and his righteousness abideth unto I

a- t ges of a-ges. /'

There hath risen up in darkness-a light for the T up-right; *' he is merciful and compassion- t ate and righ-teous.

A good man is he that is compassionate and len-deth; t he shall order his words with T judg-ment; * for he shall remain un-sha- t ken for ev-er.

In everlasting remembrance shall the T righ-teous be; * he shall' not be afraid of t e-vil ti-dings.

His heart is ready to hope in the Lord; t his heart is es- T tab-fish-ed; * he

- A

shall not be afraid, until he look down up- t on his en-em-ies.

He hath disper-sed, he hath given to the poor, t his rlghteousness abideth unto a-ges of T a-ges; * his horn shall be ex-alt- t ed with glor,Y.

The sinner shall see and be ang-er-ed, t he shall gnash with his teeth and T melt a-way; * the desire of the sin- t ner shall per-ish.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, * and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, * and unto the ages of

As it was t a-ges. A-men.

I

Then



1\

I





• •



!Ii



• • •



• I



All repeat:

I II 1\

Migh-ty up-on the Earth shall be His seed; the gen-er-a-tion of the









II ~

up-right shall be bless-ed.

The 1st Cantor alone begins chanting the 3rd Antiphon:

II



1 •

Let the Lord seat him.

I

All respond:

• II • II

With the prin-ces of His peo-ple.



II

I

• II·

o 54 I Apr. 4 I 17 - Lenten Second Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 54

I [ .] ... [.' t,] ,... • r •

Tone 8 .' '" •

A*

• I •••••••

J,.z. :---.. A

• • •• •

• II'

Psalm 112_-

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Praise the Lord, 0 ye i ser-vants; *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

. ~ praise ye the 1 Name of the Lord.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side, gJ_#the Quire chants the1l,entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternaiingthe verses thereafter:

Bless-ed be the Name of T the Lord, * from henceforth 1 and for ev-er-more. From the rising, of the Sun unto the go-ing down i Of the same, * the Name of

the Lord is 1 to be prais-ed. , /' _

High above all the na-tions i is the Lord, * above the Heavens ] is His Glor-Y. Who is like unto the Lord Our God, Who dwell-eth i on High, * and looketh down on things that are lowly, In Heav- 1 en and on the Earth?

Who raiseth up the poor man i from the Earth, * and from the dunghill Iif'teth

1 iip the pau-per, ,

That He may seat him with T prin-ces, '" with the princes 1 Of His peo-ple, ". Who maketh the barren woman to dwell in T a house * and be a mother

rejoicing 1 o-ver chh-dren. -: " /1

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to-the + Son, '" and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As / it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

Then

I 'I

I'

I

. ~ . ~ Let the Lord seat him with the prin-ces of His peo-ple,

I • • ; · 'I







• II ~

All repeat:

The 2nd Cantor alone

begins chanting the 4th Antiphon.'

.....-

. An

I







respond:

My bonds as-un-der; un-to Thee will I

I ·

I 1\ • =

• •





II ~

sac-rif-ice a sac-rif-ice of praise.

, t l' _ ,

" ( j ( ,).. • 0 •• 0 • I •

Tone 7 • l' · · j • I I t' G I J I • - :-

;i<

A'

I I

III

l' _

. . . "" .

o • •

Psalm 115_-

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 4th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the fir sf set of brackets therein}:

I be-liev-ed, i where-fore I spake; * "

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side qj_ the Quire completes the v~rse: A

I waSl'hum-bled ex-ceed-ing-Iy.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side qj_ the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation 110tes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

As for me, I T said in mine ec-sta-sy: '" "Every l' man is a li-jir.'

What shall I T ren-der un-to the Lord, '" for all that He hath T ren-der-ed un-to me? I will take the T Cup of sal-va-tion, '" and I will call upon the T Name of the Lord. My vows unto the Lord will I pay in the presence of i all His

peo-ple; '" precious in the Sight of the Lord is the I death of His Saints. A

o Lord, T I am Thv ser-vant; * I am Thy servant and the T son of Thy hand-Plaid. Thou hast broken my bonds as-un-der; t I will sacrifice a sacrif- T ice of praise un-to Thee, '" and I will call upon the i Name of the Lord.

My vows unto the Lord will I pay in the presence of i all Hlspeo-ple; '" in the Courts of the House of the Lord, in the midst of I thee, 0 Jer-u-sa-lem.

Glory be to the T Fath-er; and to the + Son, '" and T to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both T now and ev-er, '" and unto the ages of i a-ges. A-men.

o 551 Apr. 4/ 17 - Lenten Second Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, H.C.D. 1055

. . ; .

Then



~'.



• III

I.

I

All repeat:

I ·

Thou hast bro-ken, 0 Lord, my bonds as-un-der; un-to Thee will I

• r\ • ;

• •





sac-rif-ice a sac-rif-ice of praise.

The Hebdomadary alone chants the following Chapter (James 1: 12).-

Bless-ed is the man that endureth temptation; t for when he is tried, he shall receive the CFOWri of life, * which the_L'ord hath promised to them I •. I • ; II

, ~

that love Him. / All respond: ~. Thanks be to God.

alone chants:

( ',/

~~~~~~/!

• . • • ~l ~.. IS iJ

• 11./ L.. ••

Saint Am-brose, Con-fes-sor of Christ the Lord, hear

The Responsory

The 1st Cantor

I

.. ~ . thy ser-vants as they pray.



I ~

. =

Saint Am-brose, Con-fes-sor of Christ the Lord, hear





• •





IS

All respond:

I

.. ..

rt •

thy ser-vants as they pray.



I ~

The Hebdomadary alone chants:



. ,.



. ,.





• ij

y.

I

• And be-seech Hea v-en on our be-half to grant the



IS ~ •

judg-ment of par-don.





I

.. " . Hear thy ser-vants as they pray .

IS



I ~

All respond:

The Hebdomadary



• • •

. ;

• •







I ij

alone chants:

y. Glor- y be to the Fath- er, and to the Son, + I

. . ~ . . and to the Ho- Iy Ghost.

••

I~

• =

Saint Am-brose, Con-fes-sor of Christ the Lord, hear









IS

• •

All respond:

I

.. ~ . thy ser-vants as they pray.



I ij

The Hvmn

I

o 56 I Apr. 4 I 17 - Lenten Second Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, D.C.D. I 0 56

b

I



I





,..

The l st Cantor alone chants the intonation:

1. This th-e--Con - fes - sor

The lst Cantor's side /inly completes line 1: ~ The Tnd CantorSSi e only chants line 2:

2. Saint - Iy and pru - dent,

~ Mod - est The 1st Cantor's side only chants line 3.·

3. Sick ones of ., old time-

Of

the

Lord whose tri - umph

~

The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 4.· 4. Whence we in chor - us

To"· .his. tomb

All chant line 5."
s.- His ,. be ..
.,\ I
I
1. Now all
2. Peace - ful
3. Sore - Iy
4. Chant - ing the

~ Glad - Iy

do

I



I

in

be - ha-

2.~

Glor

- v

- ~ ,

~

- er,

and

viour,

....

re - sort - lng,

3.~

Pow

,

him hon - our, 4.~

sal - va - tion,

5. Who
D I
1. Erst
2. \Vhile
3. Oft -
4. That o

the and

by his

ver

.~ ..

I

,

, ,

I •



• I

faith - f'ul <

~ Cel - eb - rate

so - ber,

4 Chaste was he,

ail - ments '

/ - ~ Man - if old

prais - es

4 With

all things

4 Reign -

de - vout

eth in



I with glad - ness. 1.~ I"

I

and low - ly, 2.4

af - flict

ed, 3.~

af - fee - tion, 4.-7 the High - est, 5.4

on

that times



this

life's

in

~ ..... s

have

his

5. Earth's might - y

b

I

,

,

Il'llI'i Feast

,..

Day

-7 Was deem'd fit

vig - our,

4Cours -ing through

weI - com'd .

~ Health and strength bless - ings

-7 We

fab - ric

may have
ling and
I II ~ 4 Ru

,

I



...

1. In to

2. Quick - en'd

3. At his

4. Now and

5. One - Iy

I

his his pet - for and

glor - .y. -be - mg.

i - tion.

1. 2. 3. 4.



~ ..

ev - er. Tri - nal.



to en - ter 1.-7
his mem - bers, 2.4
re - turn - ing, 3.~
a , por - tion 4.-7
di - reet - ing, 5.4 A - men.

The Versicle ;

v. Pray for us, 0 bless-ed Ambrose. .

If. That we may be rendered meet for the promises of Christ.

The Antiphon on the Magnificat and the Magnificat

Then is sung the Antiphon on the Magnificat, which is ~I=::;=:;:=~=='::::l .. t::::::ij:::;;=~

=:1'''' ~r. :I,..

always begun by the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone: Dear Con-fes-sor of the Lord.

- - I -

A_ll continue the ~~.~:I~~'~§"'~~.~~"'~~~'~~'~~~"~~~.~~I ~

Antiphon as follows: De-vo-ted ser-vant of the King, Am-brose,

f'- , - • ,_~ ..

• ij

1':1',..:1',..'''', :I'

firm-Iy plant-ed in the Heav-en-ly Coun-cil of the Saints, hear the prayers of thy

I I I I

,... 'l1'li I .:1 I'i • l1'li'" I'i •. ... r-JI II ij

,.. :I ~'.. ~

chil-dren, the vows of thy sup-pll- ants, and for us be-seech the Lord, the King of kings.

o 571 Apr. 4/17 - Lenten Second Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. 1057 The Magnificat (Luke 1: 46 - 55):

After the Antiphon on the Magnificat, the

I ~. ~

1st Cantor alone begins chanting the Magnif icas: + My soul *.

Only the 1st CantoY's side ei. the Quire responds with b. I • I I ".. ,,~

the Znd half of the 1st verse of the Magnificat: doth mag-ni-fy the Lord.

v 1-_ ::..-..:,.. * 1, .. 'ttJ..-z. ..

Tone I b • ;......... 1';;",." I';; ; I f~j r " ";] ... · .. '.'" h Ilj

Only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the/Quire chants the Znd verse of the Magnificat I using this Tone, including the intonation notes:

'*" And my spir- 1- it hath re-joi-ced '" in J, God My Sa-viour.

_",

And then I only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse

(including the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: I

, '/1

For He hath .look-ed upon the low-li-ness 1- Of His hand-maid-en; '" 1 for I,

be-hold, from hence-forth all generations shall J, call me: "Bless-ed."

For the Might-y One hath 1- dijne great things un-to me; * and J, Ho-ly is His Name.

And His mer-cy is 1- on them that fear Him * 1- un-to gener-a-tion and J, gen-er-a-tion.

He hath show- 1- ed strength with His Arm; * 1- He hath scat-ter-ed the proiid

in the imagin- J, a-tion Of their heart. .

He hath put down 1- the might-y from their seat, * 1- and ex-al-ted J, them of low deg-ree.

~ ...... _. 'l,

He hath fill-ed 1- the hun-gry with good things, :;; 1. and the rich He hath sent.

J, emp-ty a-wav.

" "

He hath hoi-pen 1- His ser-vant Is-ra-el * 1- in re-mem-brance It of His mer-cy,

As He 1- spake to our fath-ers, '" 1- to A-bra-ham, and his J, seed for €v-er. Glor-y be to the 1. Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, 1. both now and ev-er, * 1- and un-to the a-ges of J, a-ges. A-men.

Then~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~'~11

= ~. ~;. ~PIIi I~. PIli I •• i-l

All repeat: Dear Con-fes-sor of the Lord, de-vo-ted ser-vant of the King, Am-brose,

I



"'; ... ~

• ij

lIS • • _

I II ~. PIli ~ • PIli h. ~ •

firm-Iy plant-ed in the Heav-en-ly Coun-cil of the Saints, hear the prayers of thy

I

I I' ~

iii. • ~ • I ~ ~ PIli I ~ ... ~ I ~'. I .... rsoI Ii'OiiII

chil-dren, the vows of thy sup-pli- ants, and for us be-seech the Lord, the King of kings.

The Collect

Kindly pour forth Thy mercy upon us, we beseech Thee, 0 Lord, at the intercession of Thy blessed confessor and Bishop Ambrose, and deal graciously unto our sins by his implorings. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. ~. Amen.

o 58 I Apr. 4 I 17 - Paschaltide First Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 58 April 4th I 17th

THE PASSING OF OUR FATHER AMONG THE SAINTS, ST. AMBROSE OF MILAN, B.C.D.

(when observed as a Feast of XI! Lessons after Pascha

(but, before Pascha , all is to be done as given on pp_ a 1 - a 57))

- FIRST VESPERS

The Psalms

The 1st Cantor alone begins chanting this Antiphon:

All continue the

!tl "'11"1

And they urg-ed Him.

= I

And said,

I I

"Re-main with us,

'" I

.. Antiphon as follows:_

... 1

,_.... = =;11 I '" lit I P\ I • II ~

o Lord, for the day is far spent," al-Ie-Iu-ya. I

i

N_B_ When this form of Paschaltide Vespers is kept for any Feast [allingon a "

Sunday only, First Vespers (i.e_, on Saturday evening) continue as here given (as is also done for Second Vespers of any Feast falling on a Saturday), but when Vespers, (either First or Second) are celebr ated i on a Sunday evening they continue with the Psalms as given on pp. 060 - a 62, and on a Monday evening with the Psalms as given on pp . a 62 - a 64, and on a Tuesday evening with the Psalms as given on pp_ a 65 - a 66, and on a Wednesday evening with the Psalms as given on pp . a 67 - a 69, and on a Thursday evening with the Psalms as given on pp . 069 - a 71, and on a Friday evening with the Psalms as given on pp . 072 - a 73_

.... T 1', * .j,,,::--,.A

Tone 2 I ( I J II I (I IJ II I I I B I I- I I I I.. I I I II

-II - - 81- " II II.

Psalm 144, vv. 10 - .22:

The 1st Caritor "'alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes, (within the first set of brackets therein):

Let all Thy works, 0 Lord, give l' praise to Thee, ...

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Q[ the Quire completes-the verse: I A

and let Thy righteous ~ ones bless Thee.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Q[ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), thg two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Of the Glory of Thy King-dom T shall they speak, * and- shall tell of Thy ~ do-min-ion,

To make Thy, dominion known to the T sons of men, ... and the Glory of the Majes-ty of 1 Thy King-dom.

Thy Kingdom is the Kingdom of all the T a-ges, ... and Thy sovereignty is in

every generation and gen- ~ er-a-tidn, ""

Faithful is the Lord in T all His words, * and Ho-Iy ~ in all His works.

The Lord upholdeth all that are l' fall-ing, ... and setteth up all that ~ are bro-ken down.

The eyes of all look to T Thee with hope, .... and Thou gavest them their food in

1 due sea-son.

Thou o-pen-est T Thy Hand, ... and fillest every living thing with 1 Thy f'a-votlr. Righteous is the Lord in T all His ways, * and Ho-ly ~ in all His works,

The Lord is Nigh unto all that call up- T on Him, * to all that call 1 on Him in Truth. The will of them that fear Him shall He do; t and their supplic-a-tion T shall

He hear, * and He 1 shall save them. ~

The Lord preserveth all that T love Hi m,'" but all the sinners shall He

ut- 1 ter-Iy des-troy. _ "

My mouth shall speak the praise of i the Lord; :I< and let all flesh bless His Holy Name for ever, yea, for ev-er 1 and ev-er.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, ... and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost. , A

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of a-1 ges. A-men.

o 59 I Apr. 4 117 - Pasehaltide First Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan~ B.C.D. I 0 59

, t '1', ~*

Tone 2 I [ .] ... [. I] .... • ~ • I

• • G •

• • •••• • • • II

•• • • W

Psalm 145:

The 2nd Cantor-alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set qf brackets therein):

Praise the Lord, 0 my soul; t I will praise the Lord in r my Iif'e; *

Then, only the 2nd eantor's side Q[_ the Quire completes the verse". _

I 'will" chant. unto My God for as long as I

have t my be-Ing.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side Q[_ the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes) ~ the two sides alternating the verses thereafter _

Trust ye not in T prin-ces, * in the sons of men, in whom -there is no

I I "t"'" .,

'" 'V sa -va- Ion. ,

_ His spirit shall gOA forth" and he shall re-turn un-to T his Earth; * in that day all

his thoughts t shall per-ish. " , _

B1ess-ed is he of whom the God of Jacob is His Help, t whose hope is in the / T Lorq His God, * Who hath made Heaven and the Earth, the sea and all t that is,! there-in, , . I,

Who keepeth Truth unto e-ter-ni-ty, t Who executeth judg-ment T for the

wrong'd, * Who giveth food un-to t the hun-gry. 'A /,

The Lord loos-eth the r f'et-ter-ed; * the Lord rna- t keth wise the blind.

The Lord setteth a-right the r f'al-len; * the Lord lov-eth t the righ-teous.

The Lord preserveth the pros-el-ytes: t He shall adopt for His own the or-phan and r wid-ow; * and the way of sin-ners t shall He des-troy.

The Lord shall be King un-to e- T ter-nit-y, * Thy God, 0 Syon, unto

generation and gen- t er-a-tldn. .

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, * t and to t the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and I ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- t ges, A-men.

Psalm 146.·

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within therein]:

Praise ye the Lord, for a Psalm is a r good thing; * Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Q[_ the Quire completes the verse:

let praise be sweet un- t to Our God.

And then I only the 2nd Cantor's side Q[_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

The Lon! buildeth up Jer- I u-sa-Ism; *. He shall gather together the

dis-per-sed t of Is-ra-el. ,

He healeth the bro-ken T in heart, * and bindeth their f'rac-tures t to-geth-er.

He numbereth the mul-ti-tude T Of the .stars, * and call-eth t them all by mime. Great is Our Lord, and great is r His strengtli: * and of His understanding

there is t no meas-ure.

The Lord lif-teth I up the meek, * but humbleth sin- t ners to the Ea,rth.

Begin your song to the LOrd with thanks-T giv-Ing: * chant un-to 1 God with the harp, To Him that eovereth Heav-en r with clouds, * Whq pre-par-eth 1 rain for the Earth, Who maketh grass to grow on the I moun-tains, * and green herb for the

ser- 1 vice Of man,

_ Who giveth t~ the l' beasts their food, * and to the younglings of the ravens

which call 1 up-on Him. _

He shall not delight in the strength of I a horse, * nor in the legs of man is He 1 well Pleas-ed.

The Lord is well Pleas-ed in them that I fear Him, * and in them that hope in 1 His mer-cy,

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, * and to t the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and r ev-er, * and unto the ages of

a- t ges. A-men. .

verse of the 3rd Psalm, the first set of brackets I

o 60 I Apr. 4 117 - Paschaltide First Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 60

,T 1', '" ,!.",..::...-,,,

Tone 2 I ( I J I I I (I n I) I I I I • a • I I I I I I I I I I "

-II - - =1- .11 II.

Psalm 147:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 4th Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein)' Praise the Lord, 0 Jer- l' u-sa-lam; *

Then, only the 1st G-antor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:".

. Praise Thy God, 1 0 Sy-on. •

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ui. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

for He hath strengthen-ed the bars of l' thy gates; * He hath bless-ed thy sons

1 with-in thee. -: .

... .He bi-ingeth peace up-on thy l' bor-ders, * and with the fatness of the wheat

1 He fill-eth thee, ,

He sendeth His say-ing "'i"In- T to the Earth; '" right s_wift-Iy run- 1 neth His Word.

He giv-eth His J snow like wool; * the mist He sprink-Ieth 1 like ash-es.. . /

He hurleth His ice like T mor-sels. '" Who shall stand 1 be-fore His cold? . J

He shall send forth His Word and l' melt them; '" His wind shall blow and the'

wat- 1 ers shall flow.,

He declareth His Word un-to T Ja~"cob; '" His statutes and jUdg-ments 1 to Is-ra-el. He hath not dealt so with 'ev-'ry l' na-tion, '" nor hath He shown His judg- 1 ments un-to them.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and l' to the + Son, '" and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and r ev-er, '" and unto the ages of s- 1 ges. A-men.

Then, All

.,

repeat: And they urg-ed Rim

I I I ,,1

.... fill ~ . =;c~. !\ fill I!\ I _ ..

o Lord, for the day is far spent," al-Ie-Iu-ya.

,.. I



I

I

= I

and said,

I I

"Re-main with us,

Vespers for the First Vespers of St. Ambrose now continue as given on p. 074.

I Psalms for Vespers on Sundav

Tone 2 I [, , ,) ... [,: ,-ti) .... ' :

*

I I I I I I. I • I I' II

. '. • I ~

Psalm 109:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the l st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

The Lord said un-to T My Lord: *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the, verse:

"Sit Thou at 1 My Right Hand,

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side el. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the tw~ sides altern,ating the verses thereafter:

"Until I make Thine T en-em-ies '" the Foot- 1 stool of Thy Feet.

"~ sceptre of power shall the Lord send unto Thee out of l' Sy-on; * rule Thou in the midst of 1 Thine en-em-ies.

~ "With Thee is dominion in the day of Thy power, in the splen-dour T Of Thy

Saints; * from the womb before the morning star have I 1 be-got-ten Thee."

The Lord hath sworn and will r not re-pent: * "Thou art a Priest for ever 1 after the order Of 1 Mel-chis-ed-ek."

The Lord at Thy T Right Hand * hath broken kings in the day 1 of His ~rath. He shall judge among the nations, He shall fill them with dead r bod-ies; * He

shall crush the heads of man-y 1 up-on the Earth.

He shall drink of the brook in l' the way; * therefore shall He 1 lift up His Head. Glory be to the Fath-er, and r to the + Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and r ev-er, '" and unto the ages of a- 1 ges. A-men.

o 61 I Apr. 4 I 17 - Paschaltide First Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 61,

... T f ... * J,V~A

Tone 2 I ( • J ... (. n 1.. .. · D • I • • • ... • • • II ~

~.. - ~ ~. - '. . ... -

Psalm 110:

The 1st Cantor aLone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein)' I will con-fess Thee, 0 Lord, with my T whole heart *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side et. the Quire completes the verse: ._

In. the. council of the upright and in the

con- 1 greg-a-tion. . !

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: A

Great are the works Of r the Lord, * sought out in all the things 1 that He hath will'd. Confession and maj-es-ty r are His work, * and His righteousness abideth unto ... a-ges .1. of a-ges.

He made a, remembrance of His won-drous deeds; t Mercif'u] and

Com-pas-sion-ate r is the Lord; * He hath given food to them .1. that fear Him. _ _

He will be Mindful for ever Of His T Cov-en-ant; * the power of His worksf

hath He declared un-to 1 His peo-ple, ' . /'

That He may' give them the inheritance Of the r na-tions; * the works of His!

Hands are Truth .1. and judg-ment, -: /'

Faithful are all His com-mand-ments, t confirmed unto a-ges of r a-ges, * made in Truth and 1 up-right-ness.

He hath sent redemption un-to His 'l peo-ple; * He hath enjoined His Cov-en-ant 1 for ev-er.

poly and Ter-rfb-le T is His Name; * the fear of the Lord is the be-gin-ning 1 of Wis-dom.

And all they that foster this have a good un-der- T stand-Ing: * His praise

abideth unto a-ges 1 of a-ges. .

Glory be to the Fath-er, and r to the It Son, * and to .1. the H6-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and r ev-er, * and unto the ages of

_ / A ~ '\,

a- 1 ges. A-men. "

Psalm 111_-

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first vers of the 3rd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Bless-ed is the man that f'ear-eth r the Lord; *

Then, only the 1 sf Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse:

in His commandments shall he great- 1 Iy

de-light.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

His seed shall be migh-ty up- T on the Earth; * the generation of the upright

shall 1- be bless-ed, / " '.'

Glory and riches shall be T in his house, * and his righteousness abideth unto

a-ges 1 of a-ges. _ ~

There hath risen, up in darkness a light for the r up-right; * he is merciful and compassion-ate 1- and righ-teolls.

A good man is he that is compassionate and len-deth: t he shall order his words with r judg-ment; * for he shall remain un-sha-ken 1- for ev-er.

II! everlasting remembrance shall the r righ-teous be; * he shall not be afraid of e- 1 vii ti-dings.

His heart is ready to hope in the Lord; t his heart is es- T tab-lish-ed: * he shall not be afraid, until he look down up-on 1 his en-em-ies.

He hath disper-sed, he hath given to the poor, t his righteousness abideth unto

a-ges of T a-ges; * his horn shall be ex-alt-ed .1. with glor-Y. _

The sinner shall see and !>e ang-er-ed, t he shall gnash with his teeth and r melt a-way; * the desire of the sin-ner 1 shall per-ish.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the It Son, * and to 1- the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and l' ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- 1 ges. A-men.

o 62 I Apr. 4 117 - Paschaltide First Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, D.C.D. I 0 62

, t

l' ,

*

,j, v

/

_ A

Tone 2 I (. • .) ••• [. 0 • I] •••• • ~ • I • • • ••• • •• •••• II.

Psalm 112:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 4th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein).' Praise the Lord, 0 ye T ser-vants; *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

,., .pralse ye the Name 1 of the1lLqrd.

And then, only the 1 st Cantor's side Qj_~ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Bless-ed be the Name of T the Lord, * from henceforth and 1 for ev-er-more. From the rising. of the Sun unto the go-ing down T Of the same, * the Name of

the Lord is to 1 be prais-ed. , _ .

High above all the na-tions T IS the Lord, * above the Heavens Js 1 His Glor-Y. Who is like unto the Lord Our God, Who dwell-eth T on High, * and looketh

down on things that are lowly, in Heav-en 1 and on the Earth? "

Who raiseth up the poor man i from the Earth, * and from the dunghill lif'teth I

up 1 the pau-per" . ", jI

That He may 'seat him with T prin-ces, * with the princes Of 1 His peo-ple, I

Who maketh, the barren woman .to dwell in T a house * and be a mother

rejoicing 0- 1 ver chil-dren. ,_ r'

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the life Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- 1 ges. A-men.

Then, All

". . .

= •

and said,





repeat: And they urg-ed Him

I I • II ~

~111= =~.!Ii III. !Ii._"

"Re-main with us,

o Lord, for the d.2:V is far spent," al-Ie-Iu-ya.

. ,,~

Vespers for the First Vespers of St Ambrose now continue as given on p. 074.

Psalms for Vespers on Mondav

Tone 2 I [ ••• ] ••• Psalm 113:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

When Is-ra-el went oiit of T E-gypt, *

Then, only the 1 sf Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse:

and the House of Jacob from among a

bar-bar- 1 ous peo-ple, '"

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating Jhe verses thereafter:

Judea-a became His Sanc-tu- T ar-y, * Isra-el His 1 do-min-iOn. The sea be-held T and fled; * Jor- 1 dan turn-ed back.

The moun-tains T sklpp'd like rams, * and the hills 1 like lambs of f'ldcks.

What aileth thee, 0 sea, that thou i f'led-dest, * and thou Jordan, that thou

1 didst turn back?, _

Ye mountains, that ye T skipp'd like rams. * and ye hi lis 1 like lambs of flocks? At the Presence of the Lord the Earth was T sha-ken, * at the Presence of the God 1 of Ja-cob,

Who turneth the rock into pools of T wat-ers, * and the precipice into

f'oim-talns 1 of wat-ers.

Not unto us, 0 Lord, not T un-to us, * but unto Thy Name 1 give glor-Y.,

For Thy mer-cy i and Thy Truth * lest haply the heathen say: "''Where 1 is Their GOd?" But Our God is in Heav-en T and on Earth; * all things soever He hath 1 wlll'd,

He hath done.

• •

••••

• • •

o 63 I Apr. 4 I 17 - Paschaltide First Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 63

, t Tone 2 I [. • .) ••• [. ~ • I] •••

t f

A *

• • ~ • I I • • ••• • • • II

• •• • ••

The idols of the nations are of sil-ver T and gold, * the works of 1 the hands of

men.

They have a mouth, but i shall not speak; * eyes have they, and 1 shall not see. Ears have they, and i shall not hear; '" noses have they, and shall 1 not smell:

Hands they have, and shall not filel; t feet have theJ', and l' shall not walk; * they shall make no 1 sound in their throat. !

Let those that make them be-come like T un-to them, '" and all that put J, their trust in them.

The House of Isra-el hath> ho-ped T in the Lord; * Their. Helper and

De-fen- J, doer is He. f

.... The House of Aaron ,hath ho-ped i in the Lord; * Their Helper and

De-fen- 1 der is HtL /'

Thev that fear the Lord have ho-ped i in the Lord; '" Their Helper and·

De-fen- J, cler is He. ,~

The Lord, Being Mind-ful T Of us * 1 hath bless-ed us. I,

He hath bless-ed the House of l' Is-ra-el; '" He hath bless-ed the House J, of

Aar-on. ,/ / /'

He hath bless-ed them _that i far the Lord, * the lit- 1 tle with the great.

The Lord grant you Tin-crease '" to you and to 1 your chil-dren.

Ye are bless-ed i Of the Lord." Who made Heav- J, en and the Earth.

The Heaven of Heaven be-long-eth T to the Lord, * but the Earth He gave un-to 1 the sons of men.

Not the dead shall praise Thee, l' 6 Lord, '" nor any that go dawn 1 to Ha-des. But we the liv-ing will i bless the Lord, * from henceforth and 1 for ev-er-more.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, '" and to 1 the Ho-Iy Ghost.

...... .

As jt was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, * and unto the ages of

a- 1 ges. A-men.

Psalm 114:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein}:

I am fill-ed with love, for the T Lord will hear '"

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

the voice of my sup- 1 plic-a-tion.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side zi: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

For He hath in-eli-ned His Ear i un-to me, * and in my days will i call 1 up-on Him.

The pangs of death have en- i com-pass'd me; '" the perils of Ha-des 1 have found me.

Tribulation and sor-row T have I found, '" and I called upon the Name 1 of the

Lord.

o Lord, deliver my soul; t Merciful is the Lord and T Righ-teous, * and Our God 1 hath mer-cv.

The Lord pre-ser-veth the T in-fants; '" I was brought low and 1 He sa-ved me.

f Return, 0 my so iii , un- T to thy rest; * for the Lord hath dealt bounti-ful- 1 Iy

with thee.

For He hath delivered my soul from death, t mine eyesT from tears, '" and my

feet 1 from sli-ding. f ~

I will be well-pleas-ing be- T fore the Ldrd " in the land of 1 the liv-ing. Glory be to the Fath-er, and l' to the + Son, '" and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- 1 ges. A-men.

o 64 I Apr. 4 117 - Paschaltide First Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 64

•••••••••

J., /
V - A
• • • • II ~ Psalms 115 and 116_-

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the combination of the 3rd and 4th Psalms, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the

first set of brackets therein): /

I be-liev-ed, where-fore l' I spake; * ....

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Qui-re completes the verse: •

I was hum-hied t ex-ceed-Ing-ly.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation_ notes), the two sides alternating the verses therea fter _-

As for me, I said in mine l' ec-sta-sy. * "Every man is t a li-jir." _

What shall I ren-der un- T ·to the Lord, * for all that He hath ren-der- ,1 ed "" un-to me?

I will take the Cup of sal- l' va-tion, * and I will call upon the Name ,1 of the Lord. My vows unto the Lord will I pay in the .presence of all His

T peo-ple; * precious in the Sight of the Lord is'' the death t of His Saints. . .~

o ALord, I am Thy l' ser-vant; * I am Thy servant and the son of 1 Thy I!

hand-maid. .

Thou hast broken my bonds as-un-der: t I will sacrifice a sacri-fice of praise i un-to Thee, * and I will call upon the Name ,1 of the Lord.

My vows unto the Lord will I pay in the presence of all His T peo-ple; * in the Courts of the House of the Lord, in the midst of thee, 0 1 Jer-u-sa-lem.

o praise the Lord, all ye i na-tions; * praise Him, all ,1 ye peo-ples.

For He hath made His mercy to pre-vail i o-ver us, * and the Truth of the Lord a-bi-deth ,1 for ev-er.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the if' Son, * and to 1 the Ho':ly Ghost.

As ,it was in the beginning, both now and r ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- ,1 ges. A-men.

._,.

Psalm 128_- ..

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 5th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

"Man-y a time have they warred a-gainst me T from my youth," * Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

let Is-ra- 1 el now say,

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

"Many a_ time have they warred a-gainst me i from my youth, * and yet they

have not pre-vail-ed ,1 a-gainst me. . ,

"The sinners wrought up- T on my back; * they lengthened out jheir 1 in-i-quit-Y. "The Lord is Righteous; He hath cut asunder the necks of t sin-ners; * let them be put to shame and turned back, all they that 1 hate Sy-oo.

'~Let them be as the grass up-on the i house-tops * which before it is plucked

up is with-er- t ed a-way. _

"Wherefore the reaper fill-eth l' not his hand, * nor he that gathereth sheaves 1 his bos-om.

"Nor have they that passed by said: 'The blessing of the Lord come up- i on you; * we have blessed you in the Name 1 of the Lord.' "

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the if' Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- ,1 ges. A-men.

Then, All

I

PIi. • •

repeat: And they urg-ed Him

I I • 111

1i'II,..= =~. PIi ,.. • PIi. _ ..

= •

and said,





"Re-main with us,

o Lord, for the day is far spent," al-le-lu-ya.

Vespers for the First Vespers of St. Ambrose now continue as given on p_ 074_

o 65 I Apr. 4 117 - Paschaltide First Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, R.C.D. I 0 65 Psalms for Vespers on Tuesday,

Tone 2 I ( I] III

• • Psalm 129:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the l st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein).'

Out of the depths-have 1 cried un-to I Thee, 0 Lord; '" .

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the ,Quipe. completes the verse: ..... o J Lord, hear my voice.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the tW2 sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Let Thine Ears be At- I ten-fi ve '" to the, voice of II!Y sup- 1 plic-a-tidn.

If THou shouldest mark in-i+quit-ies, T 0 Lord; * 0 1 Lord, who shall stand? For with Thee there is for- I give-ness, '" for Thy Name's sake have 1 patiently

waited for 1 Thee, 0 Lord. /'

My soul hath waited pa-tient-ly i ft}r T~hy ~ord; * my soul hath 1 hoped in the Lord. I From the morning watch un- I til night, '" from the morning watch let Isra-el;1

1 hope in the Lord. . J

For with the Lord there is T mer-cy, * and with Him is plent-e-ous

1 re-demp-tion. / »< I'

And He shall re-deem I Is-ra-el '" out of all his 1 in-j-quit-Ies.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the lie Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As )t was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- 1 ges. A-men.

, t l' ,

[ I DI I] III I

A *

• :: I I I

I I III I I I

I II ~

• • •

Psalm 130:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

o Lord, 'my heart is not ex- T al-ted *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire completes the verse:

nor are mine eyes be- J come IOf-ty.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the )wo sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Nor have 1 walk-ed in I things too great, '" or too mar-vel- I Ious for me. If 1 were not hum-ble- T mind-ed, * but ex-alt+I ed my soul"

As one wean'd from his l' moth-er, * so woiiJdst Thou 1 re-quite my soul. Let Isra-el hope i in the Lord " from henceforth and 1 for ev-er-more. Glory be to the Fath-er, and r to the lie Son, '" and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- 1 ges. A-men.

Psalm 131: '"

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the Srd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Re-mem-ber, 0 Lord, i Da-vid, *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse: and all 1 his meek-ness.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side o], the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

How he made an oath un- i to the Lord, * and vowed unto the God 1 of Ja-cob:

"I shall not go into the d well-ing of l' my house; * 1 shall not ascend upon the

bed J of my couch" A

"I shall not give sleep to T mine eyes, ~ nor slumber to 1 mine eye-lids,

"Nor rest to my tem-ples, t until 1 find a Place i for the Lord, * a Habitation for the God 1 of Ja-cob."

Lo, we have heard of it in i Eph-rath-a; * we have found it in the 1 plains Of the wood.

o 66 I Apr. 4 117 - Paschaltide First Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.I 0 66

, t t .,

Tone 2 I ( • ~ ... t ~ n I~ ....

~ .. ~ ~ ~.~

;;,

A •

• ~ • I

• • • ••• • • • II

•• • ••

let us worship at the Place where

Let us go forth into His Tab-er- i nac-Ies: '" J, His Feet have stood.

Arise, 0 Lord, in-to i Thy rest, '" Thou and the Ark of J, Thy ho-li-ness.

Thy, Priests shall be cloth-ed with T right-eous-ness, '" and Thy righ- J, teous

shall re- joice. . ...._

For the sake of Da-vid Thy T ser-vant, #*. turn! not Thy Face away from Thine J, an-oin-ted one.

The Lord hath sworn in Truth unto David, and He will not an- i nul it: * "Of the fruit of thy loins will I set ] up-on .thy throne.

"If thy sans keep My T Cov-en-ant, '" and these testimonies which I' J, will teach

.... them,

"Their sons, r al-so, '" shall sit for ev- J, er on thy throne.

"For the Lord hath e-lec-ted T Sy-on; '" He hath chosen her to be a,

habit-a- J, tion for Him-self.' ,I;

"This is My rest for ev-er and l' ev-er; '" here will I dwell, for i J, have cho-sen I'

her.

"Blessing, i will bless T her pur-stI'it; * her beggars will I sat- J, is-f'y with bread. "Her Priests will I clothe ';'ith sal- T va-tion, '" and her Saints with re- joic- .], ing shall re- joice.

"There will J make to spring forth a horn for i Da-vid, * I have prepared a lamp J, for My Christ.

"His enemies will I i clothe with shame, * but upon Him shall My sanctlf'ic-a- J, tion floii-rish."

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the + Son, '" and to .], the Ho-ly Ghost.

As )t was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, '" and unto the ages of a- J, ges. A-men. _

. "

Psalm 132 ..

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 4th Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the fi~st set of brackets therein):

Be-hold now, what is so good or so T joy-oils *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse .. "

as for brethren to dwell to-geth-er J, in

u-nit-v?

" .

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter ..

It is like the oil of myrrh up- i on the head, * "which runneth down upon the

beard, upon the beard J of Aar-on, .

Which runneth down to the fringe of his T rai-ment; * it is like the dew of

Aermon, which cometh down upon the moun-tains J, of Sy-on.

For there the Lord com-man-ded the l' bless-Ing: * "Life for ev-er-more." Glory be to the Fath-er, and r to the + Son, '" and to J, the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- .], ges. A-men.

Then, All

ptji •



I

.,

repeaL And they urg-ed Him

I I' • II ~

j!iii;l!III= I tI·,.. III. ptji. _ ..



; I

and said,





"Re-main with us,

o Lord, for the day is far spent," al-Ie-Iu-ya.

Vespers for the First Vespers of St. Ambrose now continue as given on p. 074.

o 67 I Apr. 4 I 17 - Paschaltide First Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.I 0 67 Psalms for Vespers on Wednesday

,t 1', ,,* J,~~A

Tone 2 I [. • I] ••• [. B I I] •••• • c: • I • • • ••• • •• • I • • II ij

Psalm 134:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the l st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein}:

Praise ye the Name of r the Lord;.* .

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire.co_mp!etes the ~erse:'" •

o ye ser- t vants, praise the Lord.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Ye that stand in the House of T the Lord, *' in the Courts of the House t of Our God,

". Praise ye the Lord, for the l' Lord is Good; * chant unto His Name, J for it is GQ.od.

For the Lord hath chosen Ja-cob un- T to Him-self, * Isra-el for His Own

I ,.A /'

'" pos-ses-slOn.

For I know that the T Lord is Great, * and that Our Lord is t a-bove all gods. I All that the Lord hath willed He hath done, in Heav-en and T on the Earth, * in,!

the seas and in all the J ab-Ys-ses. . I,

Bringing clouds up from the utter-most parts T of the Earth; * lightnings for the

L rain hath He made. /' ' I,

He bringeth winds out of His Tfreas-u-rjes; * He smote the firstborn of Egypt, from J man un-to beast.

He sent forth signs and marvels in the midst of thee, 0 '1' t-gypt, * on Pharaoh

and on all J, his ser-vants. , A

He smote man-y T na-tions- * and J slew might-y kings.

_ Seon, king of the Amorites, and Og, king of the land of '1' Ba~san * and all the

king-doms J, of Ca-na-an.

And He gave their land for an in- T her-It-ance, * an inheritance for Is-ra-el J, His peo-ple.

o Lord, Thv_lName en-dur-eth for T ev-er, * and Thy memorial unto generation

d - I , •. ..f~

an gen- "" er-a-non. "

For the Lord will jOdge His T peo-ple, * and because of His servants shall He

J, be Com-for-ted.

The idols of the nations are of sil-ver i and gOld, * the works of J) the hands of men. They have a mouth but shall '1' not speak; * eyes have they J and §hall not see. Ears have they and shall T not hear; *' nor is there an-y J, breath in their mouth. Let those that make them be-come like l' un-to them, * and all they that put

J, their trust in them.

o House of Isra-el, bless T ye the Lord; *' 0 House of Aar-on, J, bless ye the Lord.

o House of Le-vi, bless T ye the Lord; * ye that fear the Lord, J, bless ye the Lord. Bless-ed is the Lord out of '1' Sy-on, * Who dwelleth in J, Jer-u-sal-em.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and l' to the lie Son, *' and to J, the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of

a- J, ges. A-men. ~

Psalm 135:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein): o give thanks unto the Lord, for l' He is Good, *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

for His mercy en-dur-eth J, for ev-er.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side et. the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

o give thanks On-to the T God of gods, *' for His mercy en-dur-eth J, for ev-er.

o give thanks On-to the T Lord of lords, * for, His mercy en-dur-eth J for ev-er. To Him Who alone hath wrought great l' won-ders, * for His mercy en-diir-eth

J, for ev-er.

To Him That made the Heavens with Un-der- T stand-ing, * for His mercy en-dur-eth J, for ev-er.

o 68 I Apr. 4 I 17 - Paschal tide First Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 68

Tone 2 I [I • .] ••• [. 0 • I) •••• • 8 • I • • • ••• • •• • I • • II.

To Him That established the Earth up-on the T wa-ters * for His mercy en-dur-eth 1 for ev-er.

To Him Who A-lone hath T made great lights, * for His mercy en-diir-eth 1 for ev-er.

The Sun for do-min-ion T Of the day, ~ for His mercy en-dur-eth 1 for ev-er.

_ The Moo~ a!!d .the stars for do-min-ion T Of the night\,* for His mercy

en-dur-eth 1 for ev-er. " ~ . •

To Him That smote Egypt with their T first-b6rn, * for His mercy en-dur-eth t for ev-er.

With a Strong Hand and a T Lof-tyAqn, * for His mercy en-dur-eth 1 for ev-er. To Him That divided the Red 'Sea T in-to parts, * for His mercy, en-dur-eth

1 for ev-er." .. -

"" And led Isra-el throiigh the i midst there-of, * for His mercy en-dur-eth 1 for ev-er.

And overthrew Pharaoh and his host in the T Red Sea, * for His mercy en-dur-eth 1 for ev-er.

To Him ,!,ha! led His people through -the T wil-der-ness, * for His mercy;;

en-dur-eth 1 for ev-er. ' r

To Him That) smotegreat kings, * for His mercy en-dur-eth t for ev-er.

And slew T might-y kings, *~for His mercy en-dur-eth t for ev-er.

Seon, King of the T Am-or-t tes,-* for His mercy en-dur-eth t for ev-er.

And Og, King of the land of l' Bas-an, * for His mercy en-dur-eth t for ev-er. And gave their land for an in- T her-it-ance, * for His mercy en-dur-eth t for ev-er. An inheritance for Isra-el His T ser-vant, * for His mercy en-dur-eth t for ev-er. For in our humiliation the Lord re- T mern-ber'd US, *' for His mercy

en-dur-eth 1 for ev-er.

And redeemed us from our T en-em-ies, * for His mercy en-dur-eth t for ev-er. He That giveth food to l' all flesh, *' for His mercy en-dur-eth t for ev-er.

o give thanks unto the God of T Heav-en, * for His mercy en-dur-eth J, for ev-er. Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was ifj"""'the beginning, both now and T ev-er, *' and unto the ages of a- 1 ges. A-men.

Psalm 136.- ,

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein}:

By the wa-ters of Babylon, there we sat down T and we wept" * Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse:

when we re-mem-ber- t ed S5'-on.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side el: the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the t)'Vo sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Upon the willows in the T midst there-Of: did we hang tour in-stru-ments.

For there, they that had ta-ken us T cap-tive * as-ked us 1 for words of song. And they that had led us away as-ked us for a hymn, i say-ing: * "Sing us one

of the songs 1 of Sy-o!J.." _

How shall we sing the T Lord's song- * in 1 a strange land?

If I forget thee, 0 Jer- i u-sa-lem * let my' right hand be 1 for-~ot-H;n. Let my tongue cleave to i my throat * if I re-rnem- 1 ber thee not,

If I set not Jerusalem a-bove all T ~oth-er * as at the 1 head Of my joy. Remember, 0 Lord, the sons of T E-dom *' in the day of I .Ier-u-sa-lern.

Who said: "Lay waste, lay i waste to her, *' even to the f'oun-da- t tlons there-of." o daughter of Babyl-on, thou T wretch-ed one; * bless-ed shall he be who shall

reward thee wherewith thou hast t re-ward-ed us.

Bless-ed shall he be T who shall seize, *' and dash thine in-fants t a-gainst the rock. Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, * and to t the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- t ges. A-men.

o 69 I Apr. 4 / 17 - Paschaltide First Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 69

, T l' , *

Tone 2 It. l ... ~. nil.... •

~I· ~ ~ -.~

Ie. I

• • • ••• • • •

I I • • II •

Psalm 137:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first hall of the first verse of the 4th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

I will con-fess Thee, 0 Lord, with my T whole heart, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse: ~

for Thou hast heard all the words 1" of my mouth.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Before angels will I chant T un-to, Thee; * I will worship towards Thy Holy

Temple and J, con-fess Thy Name. /

'lo. For Thy mer-cy Aand r for Thy 'I'ruthr " for Thou hast magnified Thy Holy

Name a- J, bove all that is.

In whatsoever day I callupon Thee, quickly heark-en T un-to me; * Thou shalt

abundantly en-dow my J, soul with Thy strength. . f

Let all the kings of the Earth, 0 Lord, con- T f'ess Thee; * for they haveheard ;1

all the words J, of Th~ Mouth. . I

And let them sing in the ways i Of the Lord, * for great is the Glor- J, y of the Lord. For the Lord is Exalted, yet on lowly things He T look-eth: * and things haughty

He know- J, eth from a-far. ,-

Though I should walk in the midst of affliction, Thou shalt quick-en me; t against the_ wrath of mine enemies hast Thou stretch-ed T forth Thy Hands, * and Thy Right Hand 1 hath sa-ved me.

The Lord shall give recompense in my be-half; t 0 Lord, Thy mercy

en-dur-eth for i ev-er; * disdain not the 1 work Of Thy Hands. .

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the I{oI Son, '" and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, :I< and unto the ages of a- 1 ges. A-men.

Then, All : ....

.,

repeat: And they urg-ed Him

I I • II ~

"'111~ =~. pt; III • pt;. _--

o Lord, for the day is far spent," al-le-lu-ya.

pt; •

I



= .

and said,





"Re-main with us,

Vespers for the First Vespers of St. Ambrose noW continue as given on p . 074_ Psalms for Vespers on Thursdav

Tone 2 I [ .] II.

I •

Psalm 138: vv 1 - 9: -"

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st portion of the 1st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein): o Lord, Thou hast prov-ed me and Thou i know-est me; *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side el. the Quire completes the verse: ~ A

Thou knowest my down-sitting and mine J, up-ri-sing.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Thou hast dis-cern'd my thoughts T from a-far; * my path and my lot hast

J, Thou tra-ced out, _ ~

And hast fore-seen i all my ways, * for there is no 1 guile in my tongue.

Behold, Lord, Thou knowest all things, the last i and the first; '" Thou hast

fashioned me and hast laid Thy Hand J, up-on me. A

Thy knowledge is too won-der-ful 1 for me; * it is mighty; I can-no! at- 1 tain Un-to it. Whither shall I go from Thy i Spir-it, '" and from Thy Pres-ence whith-il er shall I flee? If I go up into Heav-en, T Thou art there; * if I go down into Ha-des, Thou

1 art Pres-ent there.

T T ,

[ • ~. I] .11 •

*

I " • I

• •

•••• I ••

II.

• I • • --

o 70 I Apr. 4 117 - Paschaltide First Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 70

... T 1' ... .1'0.* J.V:--'A

Tone 2 I ( .) ••• (. n I) '.1 I. I I I • I I I I I I • I II ij

~ •• _ ~ =._ D. ,I ••..

If I take up my wings T toward the dawn,:;: and make mine abode in the

ut-ter-most 1 parts Of the sea" _

Even there shall Thy Hand l' guide me, * and Thy Right Hand 1 shall hold me. Glory be to the Fath-er, and l' to the '" Son, :;: and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the, beginning, both now and T ev-er, :;: and unto the ages of

a- 1 ges. A-men. ""

Psalm 138: vv. 10 - 23

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the [irst hai] of the first verse of the 2nd portion of the 1st Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set

of brackets therein): " '

"'" And I said: "Surely dark-ness shall l' tread me down, :;:

Then, only the 2nd Cantor';:; side Qj_ the Quire completes the verse: _

and the night shall be turned in-to Light 1 in

my de-light. ,I

And then, only .the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next 'verse 1,' (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

For darkness will not be darkness-with Thee, t and night shall be bright I as

the day; :;: as is the darkness thereof, even S9 shall the 1 Light there-of be. ,

For Thou hast pos-sess-ed my I reins, 0 Lord; :;: Thou hast holpen me from 1 my moth-er's womb.

I will confess Thee, for awesomely art thou won-drous; t mar-vel-lous T are Thy works, :;: and my soul know-eth 1 it right well.

My bone is not hid from Thee, which Thou ma-dest in l' se-cret; * nor my

substance in the neth-er-most 1 parts Of the Earth. , .

My being while it was stilJ unformed Thlne Eyes did see, t and in Thy book shall all men be I writ-ten; * day by day they are formed, when as yet there 1 be none of them.

But to me,r"'exceedingly honourable are Thy l' friends, 0 Lordr " tltelr principalities are made 1 ex-ceed-ing strong.

I wl]] count them, and they shall be multi-pli-ed more I than the sand;:;: I awoke and I am 1 still with Thee.

Surely Thou wilt slay the sin-ners, l' 6 God; * ye men of blood, 1 de-part from me.

For, Thou wilt say con-cern-ing T their thoughts= that in vain shall they take 1 Thy cit-ies.

As for them that hate, Thee, 0 Lord, have I not T ha-ted them; :;: and because of

Thine enemies have I 1 not pined a-way? , ,

With perfect hatred have I 1 ha-ted them; * they are reckon'd en-I em-ies with me. Prove me, 0 God, and l' know my heart; :;: exam-ine me T and know my paths. And see if the way of in-i -quit-y 1 be in me " and guide me in the way

ev- l' er-Iast-Ing. ""-

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the '" Son, :;: and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and 1 ev-er, :;: and unto the ages of a- 1 ges. A-men.

Psalm 139,-

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein}:

Res-cue me, 0 Lord, from the l' e-vil man; ;;<

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse;'

from the unjust man 1 de-liv-er me;

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse {omitting the intonation notes}, the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Who have devised in-jus-tice I in their heartr > all the day long have they

ar-ray-ed 1 them-selves for wars. -

They have whetted their tongue like that of a l' ser-pent; :;: the venom of asps is iin- 1 der their lips.

o 71 I Apr. 4 I 17 - Paschaltide First Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 71

... t t,... A* J,V~.A

Tone 2 I [ .] ...( • n I].... . ~ . I • • • ... • ••• II

. . -. , ... ,

Keep me, 0 Lord, from the hand of the r sin-ner; :;. rescue me J,Jrom un-just men, Who have devised to fin-der- T mine my steps; * the proud have hid J, a snare for me. And with cords have they spread a snare T for mv feet; * stumbling-blocks near

/ ~ ~

the paths have ,I, they set for me.

I said unto the Lord: "Thou T art My God; * give ear, 0 Lord, unto the voice

of my sup- ,I, plic-a-tion..... ~.

Lord, 0 Lord, Thou Strength of iny sal-;" .va-tion, * Thou hast overshadowed

my head in the day ,I, of bat-tie. .

Because of my, desire, 0 Lord, give me not up unto the sin-ner; t the v have taken coun-sel a- r gainst me; * forsake me, not, lest they should be ,I, ex-alt-ed. ~

As for the head of those that en- T cir-cle me, * the mischief of their lips ,I, shall

cov-er them., ..

... Coals shall fall up-on them; + in fire shalt Thou T cast them down, * and they

shall not stand in ,I, af'-f'Ilc-tidns, ~

A _babbling man shall not pros-per r on the Earth; * evils shall hunt an .unjust

man to his ,I, des-truc-tion. _ , I

I know that the Lord will main-tain the cause T Of the poor, * and the justice 'i

Of ,I, the pau-pers. . . I,

Suyely the righteous shall con- T f'ess. Thy Name, * and the upright shall dwell in

J, Thy Pres-ence. " , I

Glory be to the Fath-er, and r to-the III Son, * and to J, the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- J, ges. A-men.

Psalm 140.-

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Lord, I have cri-ed unto Thee, heark-en r un-to me; *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

attend to the voice of my supplication when I

,I, cry un-to Thee, .r' '<

And then, only' the 1 sf Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Let my prayer be set forth as in-cense be- T fore Thee, * the lifting up of my

hands as an eve- J, ning sac-rif-ice. "

Set, 0 .Lord, a watch be- T fore my mouth * and a door of enclosure round

J, a-bout my lips. ~ , ~

Incline not my heart unto wijrds of T e-vtl * to make excuse with ex-cfi- J, ses in sins, With men that work in- r i-quit-y; * and I will not join with i their cho-sen. The righteous man will chasten me with mercy and re- r prove me; * as for the

oil of the sinner, let it not J,. a-noint my head. .

For yet more is my prayer in the presence Of their T pleas-ures; :;. swallowed up near by the rock have J, their j6dg-es been.

They s~all hear" my words, for they be r sweet-en-ed; * as a clod of earth is

bro-ken J, up-on the Earth, . '"

So have their bones been scattered nigh unto Ha-des; t for unto Thee, 0 Lord, o Lord, r are mine eyes; :;0 in Thee have I hoped; take not J my soul a-way.

Keep me from the snare which, they have T laid for me,:;O and from the

stumbling-blocks of them thJ!t work J, in-i-quit-y.·

The sinners shall fall in-to their T own net; * I am alone fin-til 1 I pass by. Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the + Son, :;. and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As It was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- 1 ges. A-men.

Then, All

I'i. • •

= •

and said,

• •

"Re-main with us,

repeat: And they urg-ed Him

I I • 111

...... ~ = =". I'i .... "'. _u

o Lord, for the day is far spent," al-le-Iu-ya.

Vespers for the First Vespers of St. Ambrose now continue as given on p. a 74.

° 72 I Apr. 4 I 17 - Paschaltide First Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 72 Psalms for Vespers on Friday

,+ 1', A* ,j,v:""-'",

Tone 2 I~[~.~II~.~) ~ .. ~. ~[~. ~G .§I)§.~ •• ~.~. ~8 ~.~I ~. ~.~.~.~ .. ~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~II.

Psalm 141_-

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the l st Psalm , using this Tone, including the intonation notes (\jJithin the first set of brackets therein):

With my voice unto the Lord have- I I' cri-ed; * "'.

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. tke Quir"'eocompletes the verse:

with my voice unto the Lord have I made

sup- J plic-a-tion.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's sidf_ ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter;

~ } wlll'pour out before Him my sup-plic- I' a-tlon; * mine affliction be-fore Him

1 will I de-clare. -.

-/ '

When my spirit was faint-ing with- I' in me, * then Thou knew- J est my paths.

In this way where-In, I' i have walk'd, * they hid J for me a snare. - I I looked upon my right hand, T and be-held; * and there was none that) did jI

know me, . I

Flight have I' fall-ed me; * and th~re is !lone that watcheth out J for my soul. I

I have cried unto Thee} 0A Lord;- t I sai d: "Thou i art My Hope; * My Portion

art Thou in the land of J the liv-Ing.

Attend unto my sup-plic- I' a-rion, * for i am J, brought ver-y low. A

Deliver me from them that per-sec- T tite me, * for they are strong- 1 er than I. Bring my soul out of prison that i may con- I' f'ess Thy Name; * the righteous

shall wait patiently for me until Thou shalt I' re-ward me.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the + Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and I' ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- J ges. A-men.

Psalm 143_- VV_ 1 - 9

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st portion of the 2nd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set (I) f brackets therein):

Bless-ed is the I' Lord My God, *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire completes the verse:

Who teacheth my hands for battle and my

fing- 1 ers for war.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternatingthe versesthereafter:

My Mercy and My I' Ref-uge, * My Helper and My J, De-liv-er-er,

My Defender is He, and in Him r have I hoped, * Who subjected my peo- J, pie

un-der me. _'" .-

o Lord, what is man, that Thou art Made Known I' un-to him, * or the Son of Man, that Thou ta-kest J, ac-count of Hfm?

Man is like un-to T van-it-y; * his days like a sha- J dow pass a-way.

o Lord, bow down the Heav-ens and i come down; * touch the moun-tains, 1 and they shall smoke.

Flash forth lightning, and Thou shalt T scat-ter them; * send forth Thine arrows, and Thou 1 shalt troub-le them.

Send forth Thy Hand from on high; t rescue and deliver me from man-y T wat-ers, * from the hand of the sons 1 of al-i-ens,

Whose mouth hath spo-ken I' van-it-y ,* and their right hand. is the right hand of 1 un-righ-teous-ness.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and I' ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- 1 ges. A-men.

o 73 I Apr. 4 117 - Paschaltide First Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 73

.. t 1', * J,V~A

Tone 2 I ( . • J ... (. n IJ.... · G • I • • • ••• • • • ,,~

-.. - - =. - . •• . ... -

Psalm 143: vv. 10 - 18

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd portion of the 2nd Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein): o God, a new song shall I sing T un-to Thee; *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

- with the psaltery of ten stri~lgs shall I t chant

un-to Thee, <>, !

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Who givest sal-va-tion T un-to' kings, * Who redeemest David Thy servant

from the evil sword; t de-liv-er me, '. , .

... And rescue me from the .hand of the sons of al-i-ens, t Whose mouth hath

spo-ken T van-it-y; * and their/fight hand is the right hand of t un-righ-teous-ness, Whose sons are like T new plants, * strongly plant- t ed in their youth,

Their daughters pret-tlf'- T i-ed, * and lavishly adorned like un-to 1 a Tern-pie. / Their gar-ners T are full, * bursting forth with all jnan- 1 ner Of store. . ;! Their sheep are abundant in young, multiplying in their T gate-ways - * their I

ox- t en are fat. .:

There is no breach of wall, nor an-y T pass-age, * nor any out- 1 cry in their streets. They have called the yeople bless-ed which T f'ar-eth thus, * but bless-ed is the people whose t God is the Lord.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- t ges. A-men.

Psalm 144: vv. 1 - 9.. ,

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st portion of the 3rd Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

I will ex-alt ~"hee, 0 My T God, My King; *. "

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

and I will bless Thy Name for ever, yea, for

ev-er t and ev-er. " I

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Every dal will I T bless Thee, * and I will praise Thy Name for ever, yea, for

ev-er t and ev-er. ~

Great is the Lord and ex-ceed-ing-ly T to be Praised, * and of His great-ness

L there is no end. ,

Generation and gener-a-tion shall T praise Thy works, * and Thy pow-er t shall they de-clare.

Of the Majesty of the Glory of Thy Ho-lin-ess T shall they speak, * and they

shall tell of t Thy won-ders. ..#

And the power of Thine awesome deeds shall T they re-late, * and they shall tell of t Thy Maj-es-tY.

The memory of the multitudeof Thy good-ness shall T they pour forth, * and in

Thy righteous-ness t shall they re- joi ce., .

Compassionate and Mer-ci-ful T is the Lord, * Long-Suffering and Plent-e-ous

tin mer-cj'.

The Lord is T Good to all, * and His compassions are 0- 1 ver all His works. Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, * and to t the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- t ges. A-men.

Then, All

I

fiji. • •

repeat: And they urg-ed Him

I I • II ~

I!i'IIIIIII~ I~. !ii III. !ii. _ ..

= •

and said,

• •

"Re-main with us,

o Lord, for the day is far spent," al-le-Iu-ya.

o 74 I Apr. 4 117 - Paschal tide First Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 74

N _B _ On April 4 / 17. First Vespers now continue with the Chapter as here given, but Second Vespers continue with the Chapter as given on p- 0 131 J and, when this Office is used on other days, Vespers will continue with the Chapter and that which follows it as given according to the Julian Date of the Feast being observed,

The Chapter

~. ~

The Hebdomadarv alone chants the following Chapter (Ecclus . 39< 6,9)_-

The righteous will give his heart to resort early to the Lord that made him, t and will pray before the Most High; * he :hal,1 pour out wise sentences, I ' I I ; II ~

and give thanks unto the Lord in his .prayer. All respond: ~. Thanks be to God.

/

alone chants:

( '/

1'1 I 1'1 ~ I I I I; I " I ~'

, ' I~ ; •• I' ; IS I ij

Dear Fath-er Am-brose.ipray for the de---vout peo-ple, aI-le-lu-ya, al-le-lu-ya.f

The Responsorv

I

The 1st Cantor

I

, 1'1 I... ~ I I I. 11\ I ,I, ; I ,lIS = IS II~

Dear Fath-er Am-brose, pray for the de---vout peo-ple, aI-le-lu-ya, aI-le---lu-ya.

All respond:

I~~~~~I~~~I~~~~

The Hebdomadary == II; , ; Ii!';

alone chants: • Y.rWho keep thy Feast, make for them that they may re-joice in

I

sal-va-tion.

I

• ; • • IS ; IS ,I ~

All respond:

Al-le-lu-ya, al-le-lu-ya.

alone chants:

y. Glor-y be to the Fath-er, and to the Son, + and to the

I

II

Ho-ly Ghost.

I

~ 1!Iii ~ , ' I ; ,II ij

, ' , '1'1 II I 'I lIS ; IS _

All respond:

Dear Fath-er Am-brose, pray for the de-vout peo-ple, aI-le-lu-ya, al-le-lu-ya.

The Hymn and the Versicle

o 75 I Apr. 4 I 17 - Paschaltide First Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I a 75

0.. • I ij

. ,..,.. ....

fill The lst Cantor alone chants the intonation:

1. This th-e--Con - fes - sor

The 1st Cantor's side finly completes line 1_. ~ Of The Tnd Cantor'SSi e only chants line 2.·

2. Saint - Iy and pru - dent,

~ Mod - est

the

Lord whose tri - umph 1.~

The 1st Cantor's side only chants line 3.·

3. Sick ones or old time

Tn' . his'

tomb

The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 4.· 4. Whence we in chor us

~ Glad - Iy

All chant line 5.·

s.- His .. be"

the

1. Now

all

the

2. Peace - ful

and

3. Sore -

Iy

by his

4. Chant - ing

5. Who

o

ver

do

Glor

y,

~. Pow

- er,

and

in

be - ha - viour, -2.~

faith - ful

4 Cel - eb - rate

so - ber,.

-:7 -Chaste was ail - meats

~ Man - if -

he,

old

~

re - sort - ing,

him hon - our,

4.~

prais - es

4 With de - vout

all things

4 Reign - eth

in

5.4

with glad - ness . and low - Iy, af - flict - ed, af - fec - tion, the High - est,

2.4

3.-'>

4.4







1. Erst

on

this

2. While that !!fe's

'$

3. Oft - times ha ve

4. That in his

5. Earth's might - y

b







"'1\ Feast

fill Day

4 Was deem'd fit

vig - our,

4Cours -ing through wei - corn'd

-'> Health and strength bless - ings

4 We may have

fab - ric









~ Ru - ling

II ~ .

and

1. In to

2. Quick - en'd

3. At his

4. Now and

S. One - ly

his his Ret - for and

...





~.,

glor -. y. De - mg. i - tion. ev - er. Tri - nal.

1. 2. 3. 4.

to

1.4

A - men.

en - ter

his mem - bers, re - turn - ing, I

a por - tion

di - reet - ing,

3.-'>

4.-'>

Yt_. Pray for us, 0 bless-ed Ambrose.

~. That we may be rendered meet for the promises of Christ, alleluya.

The Antiphon on the Magnificat ~nd the Magnificat T hen is sung the Antiphon on the M agni f icat, which is I ','. tI 1\ • is he.

always begun by the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone: This

- - 1-

All continue the ~~~~. ~'~~'_~'~~=~~"'~~~'~~~'!IS~~/i~ij

... ' ..

'ill

Who in the Sight of God wrought might-y

Antiphon as [ollows:

I • = ·

,

~.,

!Ii ,



won-ders, and all the Earth is

I, ' I ... I = I

.. ~ .. ; ; . ~ '.

fill-ed with his doc-trine; may he make

!Iii I • • II'

in-ter-ces-sion re-gard-ing the sins of all the peo-ple,

al-le-lu-ya.

o 76 I Apr. 4 / 17 - Paschaltide First Vespers of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. I 0 76 The Magnificat (Luke 1.' 46 - 55)'

After the Antiphon on the Magnificat, the

1st Cantor alone begins chanting the Magnificat. + My soul *.

Only the 1st Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire responds with I· • • •

I •

II·'

the 2nd half of the' 1st verse of the :Magnijicat:

1. "*1.' L&

Tone 8 I • • ~........ ,,~ • ~ ~ • I e~] r ~ ~ ~] ... · · ·

doth mag-ni-fy the Lord.

/

_ A

• •

• I I II'

Only the Z!:liJ_ Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the 2nd verse of the 'Magnificat , '" using this T ;;ne, including the intonation notes.'

And my spir- 1 it hath re- joi-ced * in 1. God My Sa-viour.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse ( (including the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter. . ",I For He hath .Iook-ed upon the low-li-ness 1 Of His hand-maid-en; * 1 for I, be-hold, from hence-forth all generations shall 1 call me: "Bless-ed."

, I,

For the Might-y One hath 1 d9ne great things un-to me; * and 1. Ho-ly is His

Name.

And His mer-cy is 1 on them that fear Him * 1 un-to gener-a-tion and 1. gen-er-a -tldn,

He hath show- 1 ed strength with His Arm; * 1 He hath scat-ter-ed the proud in the imagin- 1 a-tion Of their heart.

He hath put down 1 the might-y from their seat, * 1 and ex-al-ted 1. them of

low deg-ree. .

He hath fill-S 1 the hun-gry with good things, * 1 and the ri"ch He hath sent

1. emp-ty a-way: "

He hath hoi-pen 1 His ser-vant Is-ra-el * 1 in re-mem-brance 1. Of His mer-cy, As (') He 1 spake to our fath-ers, * 1 to A-bra-ham, and his 1. ,seed for ev-er. Glor-y be to the 1 Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and 1. to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, 1 both now and ev-er, * 1 and un-to the a-ges of 1. a-ges. A-men.

I ~ .... ~
Then ., .. ~~ • • I III ... ". ~ II§
I
'.
All repeat: This is he who in the Sight of God wrought might-y
I • = • li ~
~ .. ~" = • ... ~ ~
III • I •
won-ders, and all the Earth is fill-ed with his doc-trine; may he make
I • • ... I • 111
• = • I
• • ~ .. = • ~' . ~ I •
in-ter-ces-sion re-gard-ing the sins of all the peo-ple, al-Ie-Iu-ya.
The Collect We entreat the grace of Thy blessing, 0 Lord, by the intercession of blessed Ambrose, Thy confessor and Bishop, that, we may perceive the assistance of his supplication, at whose oncoming we celebrate his glory, Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. ~. Amen.

On this day, Commemorations of the Holy Cross, the Holy Theotokos and All Saints in Paschaltide are to be added as given in the Appendix, pp . 0415 - 417

o 77 IApr. 4 117- Paschaltide Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, R.C.D.I 0 77 NIGHT VIGILS (Matins)

The Invltatorv and The Venite-' Psalm 94
After Psalm 3 has been completed, the Cantors chant the l nvitatory and the
Yenite (Psalm 94) as follows: 0
Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors I 1\111
• I I 1\ •

chant the entire l nvitaion ... y together: Let the Saints ex-ult in ",the Lord, *
n L II "
I' ' •• I IS .~
al- Ie - lu-ya,
Then All repeat t I I I .... 111
• ptj •
.. .. •
'" the entire lnvitatory: Let the Saints ex-ult in the Lord, '"
0 ." " ~ /'
I. I IS •
. ,
al- le - Iu-ya. I
',I
~ r
Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors I I I I I I • I I I I I
I I I begin the Venite together:

I I I I. •

• I

Ps./Ct5me, let us re-joice in the Lord; let us shout with!'



I

, ,

I

I

,



, i



I

I

lu-bil-a-tlon un-to God Our Sa-viour. Let us come be-fore His Coun-ten-ance with

thanks-giv-ing, and with Psalms let us shout in ju-bil-a-tion un-to

6 .

Then All repeat , I I 1\ •



Him.

I

the entire Inuiiatory:

~ I •• I IS • II'

Let

the

Saints

ex-ult

in the

Lord,

*'

al- Ie - lu-ya.

6 I

I

I I

I

I

I

,

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors

continue the Venite together:

6, I, I II I I

I

For the Lord is a Great God, and a Great King

I • I I I • I 1"1 I I II I

o-ver all (gods; for the Lord will not cast off His peo-ple.) For in His Hand are

6 I

I· I • III I

II •

I

I

I

II ~

the ends of the Earth, and the heights of the moun-tains are His.

Then All repeat only the 2nd half i' I ••• = IS • II-

AI- Ie - lu-ya, b I Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors

of the Invitator y , as follows:

I

I I

I

I

I

I

• I I



I

continue the Venite together: For the sea is His, and He made it; and the dry

~b~'~~I~~'~~~I~~'~~'~~lgl~1 Here ~b~~~I~_~'L-AI __ ~I __ ~'~IL- 'L- __ ~.~i

land His Hands have fash-ion-ed. all bow. 0 come, let us wor-ship and fall down

o I I. I I I I I I • • I" 6 "

• I I' Here' II I I II I

be-fore Him, and let us weep be-fore the Lord Who made us; all rise. For He is Our

b I

III I I • I I' I I I I I I • I III • II II

ij

God. And we are the peo-ple of His pas-ture, and the sheep of His Hand.

o 78 IApr. 4/17- Paschaltlde Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.I 0 78
Then All repeat ~ I ... ,.
• I I 1\ •

the entire lnvitatory: Let the Saints ex-ult in the Lord, *
,~ ;. ~, ~ I§ II'
. , •
al- Ie - lu-ya,
Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors 0 • • • • I • • I • • ...~
• • continue the Venite together:

I













To-day, if ye will pear His Voice~ har-den not your

• •• I • • •• • '. I •

hearts. As in the prov-o-ca-tion, in the day of temp-ta-tion in the wil-der-ness. For

b I 1

%. 1\ 1\" ;. ~ III .1 • '.. III • ~ II

your fath-ers temp-ted Me; th€y prov-ed Me and saw My

Then All repeat only the 2nd half b i' ;'.,1' I§ • II i

of the I nvitatory , 'as follows: AI- Ie - lu-ya.

Th ~b~.~~~~~.~~~~~.~~.~~.~~.~

J en only the 1st and2nd Cantors = r' • I

works.

i

',I

r

I

continue the Venue together: b •

For-ty years long

was

• • •





I















I griev-ed with that

I. •• _





gen-er-a-tion, and I said: "They do al-ways err in their hearts. And they have not

b. •• I •• • • '. III I • • • I •• III • I II

• known My ways, so I sware in Mine ang-er: 'They shall not en-ter in-to My rest.'"

~ b

Then All riEpeat - • I I I&ii I I ... ,. 1"=1

. -

the entire Invitator y.

• II ~

=, ~ rs _ "

Let the Saints ex-ult in the Lord,

*

+,

b

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors

al- le - lu-ya.





. '. .









conclude the Venite together: b. I I I • • I •

Glor-y be

to the Fath-er, and to the It Son,

•• I

• •

, I •







III •

I



and to the Ho- Iy Ghost. As it was in the be-gin-ning, both now and ev-er,

b

and

I

I

• I • • ~



un-to the a-ges of a - ges. A - men.

Then All repeat only the 2nd half of the I nvitatory , as follows:

0 I~' I. I I§ II ij
+, •
AI- Ie - lu-ya,
b I 11\". I
• I I 1\ •

Let the Saints ex-ult in the Lord, * Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors chant the l st half of the lnvitatory:

Then All repeat only the 2nd half of the I nvitaiory , as follows:

..

I'

AI- Ie - lu-ya.

o 79 IApr. 4 117- Paschaltide Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, D.C.D.I 0 79 The Hymn

II



II

II

II

II

II





1'1 The 1st Cantor alone chants the intonation:

1. This the Con - fes - sor

The 1st Cantor's side only completes line 1.' -7 Of The 2nd Cantor's side on1y chants line 2: :

2. Saint - Iy and pru - dent,' ~ .

-7 ModThe 1st Cantor's side only chants line 3:

3. Sick ones of old time.

/ -7 To

.... The 2nd Cantor'; side only chants line 4:

4. Whence we in chor - us

-7 Glad

the

Lord whose tri - umph 1.-7 ...

est

his

tomb re - sort - ing, 3.-7

- Iy

All chant line 5.-
5. His be the
b II II
II
1. Now all the
2. Peace - ful and
3. Sore Iy by
4. Chant - ing his
5. Who -
0 . - "ver
6 II II
II
1. Erst on this
2. While that life's Glor - y,

-7 Pow - er,

and

in be - ha - viour, 2.-7

do him hon - our, 4.-7

sal - va - tlon,

II

,+, ,II /1 II II
II
faith - ful
-7 Cel - eb - rate
so - ber,
-7 Chaste was he,
ail ments
4 Man - if - old
prais - es
4 With de - vout all things

4 Reign - eth in

II

II

II

II

II
with glad - ness 1.4
and low - Iy, 2.-7
af - fliet - ed , 3.4
af - fee - tion, 4.-7
the High - est, 5.-7
; , '+.
II
to en - ter 1.4
his mem - hers, 2.4
re - turn - ing, 3.4
a por - tlon 4.4
di - rect - ing, 5.4 ~!Ii Feast

1'1 Day

4 Was deem'd fit

vig - our,

4Cours -ing through wei - com'd

-7 Health and strength

3. Oft - times have

4. That in his

bless - ings

4 We may .... have

5. Earth's might - y

fab - ric

4 Ru - ling and

p

II
II II
his glor - y. 1.
his be - ing. 2.
pet - i - tion. 3.
for ev - er. 4.
and Tri - nal. ...



II

1. In - to 2. Quick - en'd

3. At his

4. Now and

5. One - Iy

A - men.

o 80 IApr. 4/17- Paschaltide Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.I 0 80 The First Nocturn

The Psalms

Then the 1st Cantor alone begins chanting the 1 st Antiphon:

I ·

. ...

IS! I 1

Af-ter eight days.

_.

On all Doubles, or if it be the custom of the place, All respond:

.



I 1 ~



When the doors were shut,

the Lord en-ter-ed, and said un-to them, "Peace be un-to you," al-le-lu-ya, al-Ie-Iu-ya.

t t""..i< J,.¢. :-'-"A

Tone 8 I [. • • J ••• (.:. '] •••• • D J.I •••• • • • •• ••••• II d

I jl

I

Psalm 1:

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants th~ first half of the first verse of the I st Psalm, using this Tone J including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Bless-ed is the man that hath not walked in the counsel of the ungod-ly, t nor stood in the I way of sin-ners, '"

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

nor sat in the seat 1 of the pes-til-ent.

And then, qnlys M 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next vase (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

But his will is rather in the r law of the Lord, * and in His law will he

A I

med- 1 it-ate day and night.

And he shall be like the tree which is planted by the I streams of the wat-ers, * which shall bring forth its fruit 1 in its sea-son.

I And its leaf shall not fall; '" and all things whatsoever he may 1 do shall pros-per.

Not so are the un- I god-ly, not so; '" but rather they are like the chaff which the wind doth hurl away from 1 the face Of the Earth. ""

For this reason shall the ungodly not I stand up in judg-ment, * nor sinners in the council 1 of the righ-teofis.

For the Lord knoweth the l' way of the righ-teous, '" and the way of the un-god- 1ly shall per-ish.

Glory be to the I Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both I now and ev-er, '" and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

o 81 IApr. 4 117- Paschaltide Night Vigils (Matins) of 8t. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.I 0 81

t r * J, s

Tone 8 I (I I I] .. I (I: Ill.. I "0 ~ I I I I II I I I I I I

"

_ A

I I I II ~

Psalm 2:

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Why have the hea-then t ra-ged, :«

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: ....

., and th~e peoples medl-ta- J, i.~dJ!mp-ty things?

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the' Quire chants the entire next verse {omitting the intonation notes}, the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

The kings of the Earth were arou-sed, t and the rulers were assem-bled to- J, geth-er, * against the Lord, and ta_g-ainst His Christ.

"Let us break their bonds as- J, un-der, :« and let us cast a-way J; their yoke

from us. .. .

... He That dwelleth in the Heavens Shall laugh them J, to scorn, * and the Lord

shall J, de-ride them. /' "

Then shall He speak On-to them in J, His wrath, * and in His anger shall J, He (

troub-le them. " . ',I

But~as for ~e, I was Established as King by Himl t upon Syon His Ho-Iy I

J, Moun-tain, :« Proclaiming the com-mand- J, ment Of the Lord. _

The Lord said iin- J, to Me: :« "Thou art Mv Son; this dav have I J, be-got-ten

Thee." ,_.-' ~ ~

Ask of Me, and I will give Thee the nations for Thine in-her- J, it-ance, * and the uttermost parts of the Earth for Thy J, pos-ses-sldn,

Thou shalt herd them with a rod of J, i-ron, :« Thou shalt shatter them like a pot- J, ter's ves-sels.

A And now, 0 ye kings, tin- J; der-stand; :« be instructed, all ye J, that judge the

Earth. _. ~

Serve ye the J; Lord with fear, :« and rejoice in Him J; with trem-bling.

Lay hold of instruc-tion; t lest at any time the Lord be J; Ang-ry, :« and ye

perish from J, the righ-teous way. "

When quickly_.His wrath be J; kin-died, :« blessed are all that have pot J; their

trust in Hi m. . S .

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to J; the + Son, * and to J, the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and J; ev-er" :« and unto the ages of a- J, ges. A-men.

Psalm 4:

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first seto] brackets therein}:

When I call-ed upon Thee, 0 God of my righteousness, Thou didst heark-en i un-to me' *

, .

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

in mine affliction Thou hast J; en-larg-ed me.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Have com-pas-sion i on me, :« and J; hear my prayer.

o ye sons of men, how long will ye be i slow of heart? :« Why do ye love vanity,

and seek af- J, ter false-hood? ~

Know also that the Lord hath mage won -s- drous His T Ho-ly Onej " the Lord will hearken unto me when I J, cry un-to Him.

: Be angry!. and sin not; t feel com-punc-tion up- T on your beds :« for what ye

J, say In your hearts. "

Sacrifice a sacrifice of righ .... -teous-ness, t and hope T in the Lord; :« many say:

"Who will show On-to J, us good thi ngs?" _

The Light of Thy Countenance, 0 Lord, hath been sign-ed up- T on us; * Thou

hast given glad-ness J; to my heart. ,,~ ,

From the.fruit Of their wheat, T wine and oil * are they mul- J; ti-pll-ed. In peace in the l' same place :« I shall lay J; me down and sleep.

For Thou, 0 i Lord, A-lOne, :« hast made me J, to dwell in hope.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, * and to J; the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, :« and unto the ages of a- J, ges. A-men.

o 821Apr. 4/17- PaschaItide Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, R.C.D.I 0 82

t l' _, :+:

Tone 8 I (, ' ,] .. , (-:, I] .. ,' 'n, I

,

_ A

, , , '" , ..

, '

, , , II'

Psalm 5:

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 4th Psalm, using this same Tone; including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Un-to my words give i ear, 0 Lord; *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse:

:1 (') hear my cry. 'l:

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side <rL the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternqting the verses thereafter:

Attend unto the voice of my sup-pli- i ca-tion, :;. 0 My 1 King and My God.

For unto Thee will I i pray, O. Lord; :;. in the morn-ing 1 Thou shalt hear my

A

voice. ..

.... In the morning shall I stl!hd be-fore Thee., and thou shalt look up- i on

me; * for not a God that wlllest in-i- 1 quit-y art Thou.

_He that worketh Aevil shall not i dwell near Thee; * nor shall transgressors

a- 1 bide be-fore Thine Eyes. (

Thou hast hated all them that work in- t l-qult-y; * Thou shalt destroy all/

1 them that speak a He. I

A man that is bloody and deceitful-shall the i Lord ab-hor; * but as for me, in

the multi-tude 1 of Thy mer-cy, / _ /

Shall I go in- r to Thv House? * I shall worship toward Thy Holy Tem- 1 pie in

fear of Theft "

o ~ Lord, guide me in the way of Thy righteousness be-cause of mine

T en-em-ies; * make straight my ~ way be-fore Thee.!. , A

For in their mouth there i is no Truth; * 1 their heart is vain.

Their throat is an open sep-ul-chre; t with their tongues have they spo-ken

de- i celt-ful-ly; * 1 judge them, 0 God. ,

Let them fall down on account of their own dev-i-sings; t accor_ding to the multitude Aof their ungod-li-ness, T cast them out; :;. for they have em-bit- J, ter-ed

Thee, 0 Lord.. r' .

And let all them be glad that T hope in Thee; :;. they shall ever rejoice, and Thou shalt J, dwell am-ong them.

, And all shall glory in Thee that T love Thy Name, * 'for Thou shalt 1 bless the

. h t A I

ng - eous.

o Lord, as with a shield of Thy good i pleas-ure, * 1 hast Thou crown-ed us. Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the It Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, :;. and unto the ages of

J, a-ges. A-men. .

Psalm 8:

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 5th Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

o Lord, Our Lord, how Won- 1 der-f'ul * ~

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Q[ the Quire completes the verse:

is Thy 1 Name in all the Earth.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the t;-vo sides alternating the verses thereafter:

For Thy magnifi-cence is J, lif-ted * high a- J, bove the Heav-ens.

Out of the mouths of babes and sucklings hast Thou perfected praise, be-cause of Thine en- J, em-Jes, * to destroy the enemy J, and av-en-ger.

For I will behold the Heavens, the works of Thy 1 Fing-ers, * the moon and the stars, which J, Thou hast found-ed.

What is man, that Thou art Mind-ful J, of him, :;. or the son of man, that Thou 1 vis-it-est him?

Thou hast made !_lim a little lower than the ang-els; t with glory and honour hast Thou crown- 1 ed hi m; :;. and Thou hast set him over the 1 works of Thy Hands.

All things hast Thou subjected under his feet, t sheep and all 1 ox-en, * yea, and the J, beasts of the field,

o 83 I Apr. 4/17- Paschaltide Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.I 0 83

,t 1', A* .j,~

Tone 8 I (. I I] I" [I 0 I '] •• I I • 9 I I I I • I. I • I I • I

/

_ A

• • I II d

The birds of the air, and the fish of J, the sea, '" the things that pass through the

J, paths of the sea. -

() Lord, J, Our Lord, * how Wonderful is Thy J, Name in all the Earth! Glory be to the Fath-er, and to 1 the It Son, * and J, to the H0-i'ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now "and 1 lev-er, * and urito the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 10:

"" Then the 2~d Cantor alone, chants the first half of the first verse of the

6th Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

In the Lord have I ho-ped; t how will ye T say to my soul: * Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

~'Fiee unto the mountains r like a spar-row? /' And then, only the 1st Cantor's .side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

For behold, the sinners have bent their bow, t they have prepared arrows T for the quiv-er, '" to shoot down in a moonless T night the up-right of heart.

For what Thou hast formed T they have de-stroy-ed; '" and the righteous r man,

what hath he done? .

The Lord is in His T Ho-ly Tern-pie; '" the Lord, in T Heav-en is His Throne.

His Eyes are set up- r on the poor man; * His Eyelids ex- T am-ine the sons of

f :1 r

I

men.

The Lord examineth the righteous man T and the un-god-ly; '" but he that loveth unrighteousness T ha-teth his own soul.

He will rain down r snares up-on sin-ners; * fire' and brimstone and wind of tempest shall be the T por-tion Of their cup.

For the Lord is Righteous r and hath loved righ-teous-ness; * upon uprightness hath His T Coun-ten-ance look'd.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the It Son, '" and T to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both i now and 'ev-er, * and unto the ages of i a-ges. A-men.

Then,
All repeat:
I ,.. • I ; I • •
; ~ • ~ I I •



. '~





Af-ter eight days, when the doors were shut,

.' • .'. .' • h I I .111

the Lord en-ter-ed, and said un-to them, "Peace be un-to you," aHe-Iu-ya, aHe-Iu-ya.

The Versicle

yr. The Lord hath lov-ed him and adorn-ed him. ~. He cloth-ed him with a robe of glory, alleluya.

All Lessons and Responsories for the Night Vigils shall be found in the Lectionary.

o 841Apr. 4/17- Paschaltide Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, s.c.D.1 0 84 The Second Nocturn

The Psalms

Six Psalms are then chanted for the Second Nocturn , as follows:

T hen the _2n_d_ Cantor a_l_o_n_e ~C~. ~.~~.~~.~!\~~~.~I ~: ij

begins chanting the 2nd Antiphon:

I

I will go be-fore you.

-,

/'



; - '. • I •





• • •



I •

All continue the



Antiphon as follows:

,In-to Gal-Il-ee; there shall ye see Me, as I said un-to

I • • II i

I ',I

I

J

you, al-Ie-Iu-ya.

Tone 8 C (, ' '] Psalm 14:

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 7th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of -brackets therein):

, ..

, t /)- /" " * J, ~

f • R • I] •• " _, • 8 • I • • • ••• • •• •

t 0 = : • • I I II ~

o Lord, who shall abide in Thy Tab-er- T nac-Ie, *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse:

r' and who shall dwell in Thy 1 Ho-Iy

Moun-tain?

And then, only the 1 sf Cantor's side ei: the Quire, chants the I entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

He that walk-eth i blame-less, * and t work-eth rlgh-teous-ness:

Speak-ing Truth i in his heart, * who hath not spoken de-cei~- 1 ful-Iy with his tongue.

Neither hath done evil to his T neigh-bour, . * nor taken up a reproach a- 1 gainst those near him.

In his sight he that worketh e-vil is T set at nought; '" but he glorifieth 1 them

p

that fear the Lord. .

He giveth oath to his neighbour, and f'or-swear-eth not; t he hath not lent his

mon-ey on i u-su-ry, * and hath not received bribes a- 1 gainst the in-no-cent.

He that do-eth T these things * shall nev- t er be sha-ken.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of t a-ges. A-men.

o 85 IApr. 4 117- Paschaltide Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.I 0 85

I! 'J"'!, ' 1'" ,

Tone 8 I I 0 I

l' , ~ *

I ~ I I I I I 1.1 I I I

I I •

• • II ~

Psalm 20:

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 8th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

o Lord, in Thy strength the king T shall be glad, * .

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Q[_ the Quire completes the verse: ... _

and-in Thy salvation shaD he re-l joice ex-ceed-ing-ly.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Q[_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the ver.les thereafter:

The desire of his ,hel!rt hast Thou grant-ed T un-to him, * and hast not denied

him the re- 1 quests of his lips. ./ .

Thou "weritest before him with the bless-ings of I good-ness; :;: Thou hast set

'upon his head a 1 crown of pre-cious stone.

He asked life of Thee, and Thou ga-vest him T length of days * unto a-J, ges of a-ges. Great is his glory in Thy sal-T va-tion; :;: glory and majesty shalt Thoii 1 lay up-on him. f For Thou shalt give him blessing for ev-er and I ev-er; * Thou shalt gladden I'

him in joy J, with Thy Coun-ten-ance. . I

For the king ho-peth I in the Lord.." and through the mercy of the Most High

shall he J_ not be sha-ken. -: ' '

Let Thy Hand be found on allThlne I en-em-Ies: * let Thy Right Hand find t all that hate Thee.

For Thou wilt make them as an oven of fire in the time of Thy Pres-ence; t the Lord in His wrath will trou-ble them I sore-ly; :;: and fire J, shall de-vour them.

Their fruit wilt Thoii de-stray I from the J}arth, :;: and their seed J, from the sons of men. For they have intended e-vil a-Ai gainst Thee;:;: they have .devlsed counsels which they shall not be able J, to es-tab-lish.

For Thou shalt make them I turn their -backsj " among those that are Thy

remnant, Thou shalt make read- t y their coun-ten-ance. ;

Be Thou ExalUtd, 0 Lord, in T Thy strength; * we will sing and chant J, of Thy might-y acts. Glory be to tile Fath-er, and i to the + Son, :;: and t to the Ho-Iy Ghost. ,

As it was in the beginning, both now and I ev-er;> and unto the ages of t a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 23:

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 9th Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

The Earth is the Lord's, and the i fiil-ness there-of', :;:

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire completes the ver ses A

the world, and i all that dwell there-in.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side Q[_ the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: A

He hath founded T it up-on the seas,:;: and upon the rivers T hath He pre-par-ed it. Who shall ascend into the i Moiin-tain Of the Lord, :;: or who shall T stand in

His Ho-Iy Place? ,/' _

Hethat is innocent in hands and pure in heart, t ~ho hath not re- T ceiv-ed his soul in vain, :;: and hath not sworn deceitful- I Iy to his neigh-bour.

Such a one shall receive a r bless-ing from. the Lord, :;: and mercy from I God His Sa-viour.

This is the generation of I them that seek the Lord, :;: of them that seek the Face of the I God of Ja-cob.

Lift up your gates, 0 ye prin-ces, t jmd be ye lifted up, ye T ev-er-las-ting gates, :;: and the King of _1' GlOr-y shall en-ter in.

W,ho is This T King of Glor-y?';: The Lord Strong and Mighty, the I Lord, Might-y in war.

Lift up your gates, 0 ye prin-ces, t Aand be ye lifted up, ye i ev-er-Ias-tlng

gates; ,;: and the King of I Glor-y shall en-ter in. _

Who is This I King of Glor-y? :I< The Lord of hosts, He is the l' King of Glor-Y. Glory be to the i Fath-er, and to the + Son, :;: and i to the Ho-lyGhdst,

As, it ,!as in the beginning, both I now and ev-er,:;: and unto the ages of T a-ges. A-men.

o 861Apr. 4/17- Paschaltide Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.I 0 86

T r ~* J,_z. :"'-A

Tone 8 I (. • .] ••• [.:. I] •••• j 8 • I • • • ••• • •• •••• I II ~

Psalm 95.'

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 10th Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein}:

o sing un-to the Lord a j, new song; * .

Then, only the 1st Oantor's side ei: the Quire completes the ver se:«

sing uh-to j, the Lord all the Earth.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Sing UlJtO the Lord, bless j, His Name; * proclaim from day to day the good

tidings of j, His :;al-va-tiOn. /" <

Declare among the na-tions His- j, Glor-y, * and among all pro- j, pies His won-ders. For Great is the Lord,/and greatly to be j, Prai-sed: * He is to be Fear- j, ed

a-bove all gods. <

For all the gods of the na-tions ~ j, de-mons; * but the LOrd j, made the Heav-ens. ( Praise and beauty are be-l- fore Him; * holiness and majesty are in His l- Sanc-tu-ar-j. ',I Bring to the Lord, ye kindreds of the na-tions" t bring to the Lord gior-y and I,

j, hon-our; * bring to the Lord the glory due j, un-to His Name.

Bring sacrifices, and go in-to l- His 'Courts; * worship the LOrd j, in His Ho-ly Court Let the Earth be shaken at His' j, Pres-ence; * say among the na-tions j, that the Lord is King.

For He hath_ established the world which shall not be j, sha-ken; * He shall

judge the peo-ple j, in up-right-ness. ,

Let the Heavens be glad and let the Earth re- joice t let the sea be shaken, and the f'ul-ness l- there-Of; * the plains shall be joyful, and all l- the things, there-in.

Then shall all the trees of the forest rejoice at the Pres-ence Of j, the Lord; * for

He cometh, for He com- j, eth to judge the Earth.' ,

He shall judge the world with righ- j, teous-ness :I< and the j, peo-ples with His Truth. Glory be ,to t;'2 Fath-er, and to j, the + Son, * and j, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and j, ev-er, * and unto the ages of j, a-ges. A-men.-

Psalm 96:

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse/of the l lth Psalm, using the same Tone I including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

The Lord is King, let the Earth j, re- joice; *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the vers~: A let the man- y j, is-lands be glad.

And then I only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Clouds and darkness are round a- j, bout Him; * righteousness and judgment are the es-tab- j, lish-ment Of His Throne.

Fire shall go be- j, fore Hi m, * and shall burn up His en- j, em-ies round a-bout. His Ii~htnings have shone forth through-out j, _the world; * the Earth saw it

j, and was sha-ken. '

The mountains melted like wax at the Pres-ence of j, the Lord, :I: at the Presence

of the 1 Lord of all the Earth. ,

The Heavens de-clar-ed His righ-l- teous-ness," and all the peo-ples j, saw His Glor-Y. Let all be put to shame that wor-ship gra- j, ven things,:I: that boast

them-selves 1 of their i-dols.

Worship Him, all ye His t ang-els; :I: .Sy-on t heard and was glad. ,

And the daughters of Ju-de-are- ~ jui-ced :I: because of Thy j, judg-ments, 0 Lord. For Thou art Lord Most High o-ver all j, the Earth; * Thou art Exalted far

t a-bove all the gods. ,

Ye that love the Lord, see to it that ye hate e-vil t the Lord preserveth the souls of t His Saints; :I< from the hand of the sinner shall j, He de-liv-er them.

, A light hath dawned forth for the righ- t teous man,:I: and gladness for 1 the

up-right of heart. ,

Be glad in the Lord, 0 ye 1 righ-teofis; * and give thanks for the remembrance j, of His ho-li-ness.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to t the + Son, :I: and j, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and t ev-er, * and unto the ages of t a-ges. A-men.

o 87 IApr. 4/17- Paschaltide Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, D.C.D.I 0 87

Tone 8 I [. ' ,] ... [': ,T,] ... , 'i , ~ i

I I I III I I I

I I • • • "I

Psalm 97:

Then the 2nd Cdntor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 12th Psalm, using this same Tone} including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein): o sing un-to the Lord a -1, new song, :;.

Then, only the 1st C'{mtor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:« a ~

for the Lord t hath wrought won-drous things.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: A

His Right Hand and His Ho- t Iy Arm > have wrought sal- t va-tion for Him. The Lord .. hath made known His sal- -1, va-tlon: :;. in the sight of the nations hath

"" He re- j, veal'd His righ-teous-ness. . F

He hath remembered His mer-cy to -1, Ja-cob;> and His Truth to the 1 House of Is-ra-el, All the ends of the Earth 1 have seen * the sal- 1 va-tion Of Our God.

. Shout with jubilation un-to the Lord, an 1 the Earth; :I: sing and re- -1, joice and .1

chant Psalms. , _" I,

Chant ye unto the Lord with a harp, with the harp and with the voice Of 1 a

Psalm, '" with trumpets of metal, and with/a voice of a, -1- trum-pet Of horn. /1

Shout with jubilation before tile Lord, Our King; t let th~e sea be shaken and the ful-ness 1 there-Of, * the world and all 1 they that dwell there-in.

The rivers shall clap their hands to-geth-er; t the mountains shall rejoice at the Pres-ence Of -1, the Lord; * for He cometh; yea, He is 1 come to judge the Earth.

, He will judge the world with righ- 1 teous-ness, :;. and the peo-ples 1 with up-right-ness.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to 1 the It Son, :;. and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

1\s it was in the beginning, both now and 1 ev-er, '" and unto the ages 1 of a-ges. A-men.

Then, All I~'~~~~~~;~··~I~~~~~.~.~~;~;·~.~~I~I~I~~~I~~'~~~~~I~.~.~~I~;·~~~~I

repeat: I will go be-fore you in-to Gal-il-ee; there shall ye see Me, as I said un-to

~1~~~';~.~1~1~111 I

you, al-le-lu-ya.

The Versicle

y. The Lord guided the righteous in right paths. ~. And shewed him the Kingdom of God, alleluya,

All Lessons and Responsories for the Night Vigils shall be found in the Lectionary.

The Third Nocturn

The Canticles

Then the 1st Cantor alone begins chanting the 13th Antiphon:

• I



I ij

This is he.



I ,., I





I.. I

••

All respond:

Which de-spi-sed his life in this world, and

I •• ,.... III; • I ". ~ ; • I III is ar-rl- ved un-to life e-ter-nal, al-le-lu-ya,

o 88 IApr. 4/17- Paschaltide Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.I 0 88

T f ..... *

Tone 8 I [ ••• ] .11 (-:. I] II.. i B • I

J, ~ . . . ... . .. .'

/

_ A

• • • II ~

Canticle of the Wisdom of Jesus Ben Siracn I [Ecclus, 14: 22; 15: 3, 4, 6):

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st Canticle, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set 0 f ~hro;ckets therein):

Bless-ed is the man that doth meditate' good things in Wis-dom t and that reasoneth of holy things by his im-der- i stand-ing, ,;:

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Q.L/the'Quire completes the verse:

.. (and in his mind shall think of the

all- 1 See-ing Eye of God.) -"

And then, onl y the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse I

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alte~nating the verses thereafter: ;1

, I

With the bread of un-der-stand-ing shall He i feed him, * and give

him the water of 1 Wis-dom to ddnk. /'

He shall be stayed upon Him, and shall not be mov-ed; t and shall rely upon Him, and shall not be con- T found-ed; ,;: He shall exalt him a- 1 bove his neigh-bours.

And He shall cause him to inherit an ev-er- T Iast-Ing 'name: * 1 (the Lord Our God.)

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the It Son, * and 1 to the Ho-Iy

Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-~r, * and unto the ages of 1 a- ges. A-men.

Canticle of Jeremias (Fer . 17: 7 - 8):

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Canticle, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Bless-ed is the man that trust-eth i in the Lord, ,;:

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: and whose t hope the Lord is.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

For he shall be as a tree planted by the wa-ters, t that spreadeth out her roots by the T riv-er; ,;: and shall not fear 1 when heat com-eth.

But His leaf shall be green; t and shall not be careful in the i year of

J A

drought; ,;: neither shall 1 cease from yield-ing fruit.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the It Son, ,;: and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

o 891Apr. 4/17- Paschaltide Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D.I 0 89

t l' .. A * J, ~

Tone 8 I (. • .) ••• (.:. 1)..... · 0 • I • • • ••• • • •

"

_ A

.' • • • II ~

Canticle of Wisdom of Jesus Ben Sirach II [Ecclus . 31: 8 - 11):

Then the 1st Oantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Canticle. using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

~ , ~

Bless-ed is the man that is found without blem-Ish, t and # hath not gone

i af'-ter gold, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side f21_ the Quire completes the verse:

/ (nor put his trust in money. J_ nor in

".... )"

"" treas-ures.

And then, only the 2nd Oantor's side f21_ the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: (

Who is he and we will call him T bless-ed? * for won-der-ful things hath he il done a- J_ mdng his peo-ple.

Who hath been tried there-by and.f'ound l' per-feet? * then 1 let him glor-Y.

Who might offend, and hath not of- T fend-ed? * or done evil, and J_ hath not done it?

His good shall be es- l' tab-lish-ed, * and all the Church of the Saints J_ shall de-clare his alms.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, * and J_ to the Ho-I'Y Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

....... • • ~
Then, . ~ • • • " ~ " I ••• . '
• ~ • • I
All repeat: This is he which de-spi-sed his life in this world, and
I I
111= • II ~
• • ~ .. I • , .. I'i = • •
• is ar-ri- ved un-to life e-ter-nal, al-Ie-Iu-ya.

The Versicle

11. I have bestowed help on one that is mighty.

~. I have raised up one chosen out of My people~fllleluya.

All Lessons and Responsories for the Night Vigils shall be found in the Lectionary.

The Collect

Give ear, Lord, to our prayers which we present unto Thee on the Feast of Thy holy confessor and Bishop Ambrose, that we who put not our trust in our own righteousness may be assisted by the prayers of him who was well-pleasing unto Thee. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. ~. Amen.

o 90 I Apr. 41 17-Paschaltide Morning Solemnity of St. Ambrose of Milan, H.C.D. I 0 90 THE MORNING SOLEMNITY (Lauds)

The Psalms

The 1st Cantor alone begins chanting this Antiphon:

I

1 ~.. III ~

"Sor-row.

On all Doubles, or if it be the

."

I





1

~ I., I



custom of the place, All respond:

I

"Hath f'ill-ed your heart; and your joy no man

•• 1 1 • 1 ,

ta-keth from you," al-Ie-Iu-ya, al-le-Iu-ya.

.. .

,t . t ,

Tone 8 I [. ..) ••• (.;;. -I) ••• • . 1 [] • I

I I • 1 1 II ~

A *

•••••••••

,j. $

I· • 1 1111

/,

Psalm 92: ;1

The l st Cantor alone chants the first. half of the first verse of the 1st Psalm, I using this Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets thereinl.] The Lord is King, He is Cloth-ed with T maj-es-ty; *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

the Lord is Cloth-ed with strength and 1 He

hath girt Him-self.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

For He es-tab-lish-ed T the world * which shall 1 not be sha-ken.

_ A

Thy Throne is pre-par-ed T of old; * Thou art from .l ev-er-his-tlng.

The rivers have lif-ted T up, 0 Lord; * the rivers have lifted l up their voi-ces. The rivers win lift T up their waves * at the voices of l man-y M'at-ers. Wonderful are the surg-ings i of the sea; * wonderful 1 on high is the Lord.

Thy testimonies are made T ver-y sure; * holiness becometh Thy House, 0 Lord, J, un-to length of days.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and t to the + Son, * and l to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 99:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein}:

Shout with ju-bilation un-to God, T all the Earth; *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: serve the l Lord with glad-ness.

And then, only the 1 st Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Corne before His T Pres-ence * l with re- [ol-clng,

Know ye that the Lord Him-self T is Our God. * It is He That hath made us, 1 and not we our-selves.

o 911 Apr. 41 17-Paschaltide Morning Solemnity of St. Ambrose of Milan, B.C.D. 1 0 91

+ l' ~

If .) ... f·' '1 .... ·

Tone 8 ~ I' ~ ~ G, ~

A *

•••••••••

-J.. ~

• •

• • • III

We are His people and the sheep of His pas-ture; t enter into His gates with thanks- l' giv-ing, '" -into His Courts with hymns; J, give thanks un-to Him.

Praise His Name, for the Lord is Good; t His mercy en-dur-eth - for

T ev-er, '" and His truth "unto generation and J, g~n-=-er~a-tiOn. "'-

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the If! Son, '" and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of J, a-ges. A-men.

.. "

Psalm 62:

/'

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm,J using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets',

therein): -: I,

o God, l' My God, '"

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

unto Thee I rise J, ear-ly at dawn.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

My soul hath thirs-ted T for Thee, * how' often hath my flesh J, long-ed af-ter

Thee!

011!. ....

. ~ -

In a land barren and untrodden and unwat-er-ed, t so in the Sanctuary have I

ap-pear-ed be- T fore Thee " to see Thy power J, and Thy Glor-Y.

For Thy mercy is bet-ter T than lives; * my J, lips shall praise TheiL

So shall I bless Thee in T my life, '" and in Thy Name will I J, lift up my hands. As with marrow and fatness let my soul be T rin-sa, '" and ~ith lips of rejoicing

shall J, my mouth praise Thee.

If I remembered Thee on my bed, t at the dawn I medi-ta-ted l' on Thee; * for Thou art be- J, come My Help-er.

In the shelter of Thy Wings will I re- joice; t .... my soul hath cleav'd l' af-ter Thee; '" Thy Right Hand hath been J, quick to help me.

But as for these, in vain have they sought after my soul; t they shall go into the nether-most parts T Of the Earth; '" they shall be surrendered unto the edge of the sword; portions for J, fox-es shall they be.

But the king shall be glad in God; t everyone shall be praised that swear-eth T by Him; * for the mouth of them is stop-ped J, that speak un-just things.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and l' to the If! Son, '" and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of J, a-ges. A-men.

You might also like